US20100103845A1 - Cell relay mobility procedures - Google Patents

Cell relay mobility procedures Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100103845A1
US20100103845A1 US12/604,210 US60421009A US2010103845A1 US 20100103845 A1 US20100103845 A1 US 20100103845A1 US 60421009 A US60421009 A US 60421009A US 2010103845 A1 US2010103845 A1 US 2010103845A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
enb
relay
identifier
relay enb
disparate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/604,210
Inventor
Fatih Ulupinar
Gavin B. Horn
Parag A. Agashe
Nathan E. Tenny
Yongsheng Shi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Qualcomm Inc
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Qualcomm Inc filed Critical Qualcomm Inc
Priority to US12/604,210 priority Critical patent/US20100103845A1/en
Priority to TW098136021A priority patent/TW201032545A/en
Priority to PCT/US2009/061943 priority patent/WO2010048574A2/en
Assigned to QUALCOMM INCORPORATED reassignment QUALCOMM INCORPORATED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SHI, YONGSHENG, ULUPINAR, FATIH, AGASHE, PARAG A., Horn, Gavin B., TENNY, NATHAN E.
Publication of US20100103845A1 publication Critical patent/US20100103845A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50Address allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0072Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link of resource information of target access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/02Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/155Ground-based stations
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L2212/00Encapsulation of packets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/04Protocols for data compression, e.g. ROHC
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/22Parsing or analysis of headers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/22Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing using selective relaying for reaching a BTS [Base Transceiver Station] or an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/26Network addressing or numbering for mobility support
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/042Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems
    • H04W84/047Public Land Mobile systems, e.g. cellular systems using dedicated repeater stations

Definitions

  • the following description relates generally to wireless communications, and more particularly to wireless network mobility procedures for cell relays and other devices.
  • Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content such as, for example, voice, data, and so on.
  • Typical wireless communication systems may be multiple-access systems capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (e.g., bandwidth, transmit power, . . . ).
  • multiple-access systems may include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems, and the like.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • the systems can conform to specifications such as third generation partnership project (3GPP), 3GPP long term evolution (LTE), ultra mobile broadband (UMB), and/or multi-carrier wireless specifications such as evolution data optimized (EV-DO), one or more revisions thereof, etc.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • LTE 3GPP long term evolution
  • UMB ultra mobile broadband
  • wireless multiple-access communication systems may simultaneously support communication for multiple mobile devices.
  • Each mobile device may communicate with one or more access points (e.g., base stations) via transmissions on forward and reverse links.
  • the forward link (or downlink) refers to the communication link from access points to mobile devices
  • the reverse link (or uplink) refers to the communication link from mobile devices to access points.
  • communications between mobile devices and access points may be established via single-input single-output (SISO) systems, multiple-input single-output (MISO) systems, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems, and so forth.
  • SISO single-input single-output
  • MISO multiple-input single-output
  • MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
  • Access points can be limited in geographic coverage area as well as resources such that mobile devices near edges of coverage and/or devices in areas of high traffic can experience degraded quality of communications from an access point.
  • Cell relays can be provided to expand network capacity and coverage area by facilitating communication between mobile devices and access points.
  • a cell relay can establish a backhaul link with a donor access point, which can provide access to a number of cell relays, and the cell relay can establish an access link with one or more mobile devices or additional cell relays.
  • communication interfaces such as S1-U, can terminate at the donor access point.
  • the donor access point appears as a normal access point to backend network components.
  • the donor access point can route packets from the backend network components to the cell relays for communicating to the mobile devices.
  • a cell relay can reselect to one or more disparate cell relays in a cluster provided by a donor node.
  • the cell relay can perform handover to the one or more disparate cell relays using similar handover procedures as user equipment (UE), and upstream cell relays and/or donor nodes can update routing tables to associate the cell relay with the one or more disparate downstream cell relays.
  • UE user equipment
  • the cell relay can additionally perform procedures for requesting/receiving a new identifier from the disparate donor node and/or one or more intermediary cell relays in the disparate cluster. Also in this example, however, downstream cell relays connected to the cell relay can request/receive a new identifier from the disparate donor node and/or intermediary cell relays. Similarly, upstream cell relays and donor node can update routing tables with the new identifiers assigned to the cell relay and its downstream cell relays where present.
  • a method includes communicating with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network and establishing a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and relay eNB communicate with a same donor eNB to provide wireless network access.
  • the method further includes transmitting a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier previously assigned by the donor eNB.
  • the wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to communicate with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network and initiate reselection to a disparate relay eNB that communicates with a same donor eNB as the relay eNB.
  • the at least one processor is further configured transmit a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier of the wireless communications apparatus assigned by the donor eNB.
  • the wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • the apparatus includes means for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network.
  • the apparatus also means for generating a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the apparatus and transmitting the bearer list update message during reselection.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to communicate with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network.
  • the computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to establish a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and the relay eNB communicate with a same donor eNB to provide wireless network access and code for causing the at least one computer to transmit a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier previously assigned by the donor eNB.
  • an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including a reselection initiating component that initializes reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network.
  • the apparatus can further include an update message generating component that creates a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the apparatus and transmits the bearer list update message during reselection.
  • a method includes receiving a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. The method also includes determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message and associating the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • the wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to obtain a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and discern an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
  • the at least one processor is further configured to store the identifier of the relay eNB with a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • the wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • the apparatus includes means for receiving a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and means for determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
  • the apparatus also includes means for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to receive a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and code for causing the at least one computer to determine an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
  • the computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including an update message receiving component that obtains a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB.
  • the apparatus can further include a parameter parsing component that determines an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message and a routing table component that stores an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • a method in another aspect, includes communicating with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network and establishing a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and relay eNB communicate with disparate donor eNBs to provide wireless network access.
  • the method also includes transmitting an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • the wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to receive wireless network access from a relay eNB and initiate reselection to a disparate relay eNB that communicates with a disparate donor eNB than the relay eNB to provide wireless network access.
  • the at least one processor is further configured to transmit an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assigning a unique identifier to the wireless communications apparatus by the disparate donor eNB.
  • the wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • the apparatus includes means for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a disparate donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network than the relay eNB.
  • the apparatus also includes means for transmitting an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to communicate with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network.
  • the computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to establish a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB communicates with a disparate donor eNB to provide wireless network access than the relay eNB and code for causing the at least one computer to transmit an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including a reselection initiating component that initializes a reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a disparate donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network than the relay eNB.
  • the apparatus can further include a requesting component that transmits an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • a method in additional aspects, includes receiving an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. The method also includes obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB and associating the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • the wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to receive an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB.
  • the at least one processor is further configured to obtain an identifier for the relay eNB and associate the identifier of the relay eNB in a routing table along with a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB.
  • the wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • the apparatus includes means for receiving an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and means for obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB.
  • the apparatus also includes means for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to receive an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and code for causing the at least one computer to obtain an identifier for the relay eNB.
  • the computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including an identifier request receiving component that obtains an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and an identifier receiving component that obtains an identifier for the relay eNB.
  • the apparatus can further include a routing table component that stores an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • the one or more aspects comprise the features hereinafter fully described and particularly pointed out in the claims.
  • the following description and the annexed drawings set forth in detail certain illustrative features of the one or more aspects. These features are indicative, however, of but a few of the various ways in which the principles of various aspects may be employed and this description is intended to include all such aspects and their equivalents.
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates providing relays for wireless networks.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates intra-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that provides a bearer list update message to reselect an intra-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates transmitting bearer list update messages and updating routing tables in intra-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates inter-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that reselects an inter-cluster relay eNB by requesting identifiers therefrom.
  • FIG. 7 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that reselects an inter-cluster relay eNB by requesting an identifier therefrom and notifies downstream nodes of the reselection.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that reselects an inter-cluster relay eNB by re-attaching to the wireless network.
  • FIG. 9 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that utilizes cell relays to provide access to a wireless network.
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration of an example methodology that transmits a bearer list update message in reselecting to an intra-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 11 is an illustration of an example methodology that receives a bearer list update message during an intra-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 12 is an illustration of an example methodology that transmits an identifier request in reselecting to an inter-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 13 is an illustration of an example methodology that receives an identifier request during an inter-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 14 is an illustration of a wireless communication system in accordance with various aspects set forth herein.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustration of an example wireless network environment that can be employed in conjunction with the various systems and methods described herein.
  • FIG. 16 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates transmitting a bearer list update message in reselecting to an intra-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 17 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates receiving a bearer list update message during an intra-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 18 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates transmitting an identifier request in reselecting to an inter-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 19 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates receiving an identifier request during an inter-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be a component.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the components may communicate by way of local and/or remote processes such as in accordance with a signal having one or more data packets, such as data from one component interacting with another component in a local system, distributed system, and/or across a network such as the Internet with other systems by way of the signal.
  • a terminal can be a wired terminal or a wireless terminal
  • a terminal can also be called a system, device, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile, mobile device, remote station, remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, terminal, communication device, user agent, user device, or user equipment (UE).
  • a wireless terminal may be a cellular telephone, a satellite phone, a cordless telephone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device having wireless connection capability, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • a base station may be utilized for communicating with wireless terminal(s) and may also be referred to as an access point, a Node B, or some other terminology.
  • the term “or” is intended to mean an inclusive “or” rather than an exclusive “or.” That is, unless specified otherwise, or clear from the context, the phrase “X employs A or B” is intended to mean any of the natural inclusive permutations. That is, the phrase “X employs A or B” is satisfied by any of the following instances: X employs A; X employs B; or X employs both A and B.
  • the articles “a” and “an” as used in this application and the appended claims should generally be construed to mean “one or more” unless specified otherwise or clear from the context to be directed to a singular form.
  • a CDMA system may implement a radio technology such as Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA), cdma2000, etc.
  • UTRA includes Wideband-CDMA (W-CDMA) and other variants of CDMA.
  • W-CDMA Wideband-CDMA
  • cdma2000 covers IS-2000, IS-95 and IS-856 standards.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • An OFDMA system may implement a radio technology such as Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, etc.
  • E-UTRA Evolved UTRA
  • UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
  • IEEE 802.11 Wi-Fi
  • WiMAX IEEE 802.16
  • Flash-OFDM Flash-OFDM
  • UTRA and E-UTRA are part of Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS).
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) is a release of UMTS that uses E-UTRA, which employs OFDMA on the downlink and SC-FDMA on the uplink.
  • UTRA, E-UTRA, UMTS, LTE and GSM are described in documents from an organization named “3rd Generation Partnership Project” (3GPP).
  • cdma2000 and UMB are described in documents from an organization named “3rd Generation Partnership Project 2” (3GPP2).
  • 3GPP2 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2
  • such wireless communication systems may additionally include peer-to-peer (e.g., mobile-to-mobile) ad hoc network systems often using unpaired unlicensed spectrums, 802.xx wireless LAN, BLUETOOTH and any other short- or long-range, wireless communication techniques.
  • System 100 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 104 , with access to a core network 106 .
  • relay eNB 104 can provide one or more disparate relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108 , or UEs, such as UE 110 , with access to the core network 106 via donor eNB 102 .
  • Donor eNB 102 which can also be referred to as a cluster eNB, can communicate with the core network 106 over a wired or wireless backhaul link, which can be an LTE or other technology backhaul link.
  • the core network 106 can be a 3GPP LTE or similar technology network.
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally provide an access link for relay eNB 104 , which can also be wired or wireless, LTE or other technologies, and the relay eNB 104 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 using a backhaul link over the access link of the donor eNB 102 .
  • Relay eNB 104 can similarly provide an access link for relay eNB 108 and/or UE 110 , which can be a wired or wireless LTE or other technology link.
  • donor eNB 102 can provide an LTE access link, to which relay eNB 104 can connect using an LTE backhaul, and relay eNB 104 can provide an LTE access link to relay eNB 108 and/or UE 110 .
  • Donor eNB 102 can connect to the core network 106 over a disparate backhaul link technology.
  • Relay eNB 108 and/or UE 110 can connect to the relay eNB 104 using the LTE access link to receive access to core network 106 , as described.
  • a donor eNB and connected relay eNBs can be collectively referred to herein as a cluster.
  • relay eNB 104 can connect to a donor eNB 102 at the link layer (e.g., media access control (MAC) layer) as would a UE in regular LTE configurations.
  • donor eNB 102 can be a regular LTE eNB requiring no changes at the link layer or related interface (e.g., E-UTRA-Uu) to support the relay eNB 104 .
  • relay eNB 104 can appear to UE 110 as a regular eNB at the link layer, such that no changes are required for UE 110 to connect to relay eNB 104 at the link layer, for example.
  • relay eNB 104 can configure procedures for resource partitioning between access and backhaul link, interference management, idle mode cell selection for a cluster, and/or the like.
  • transport protocols related to relay eNB 108 or UE 110 communications can terminate at the donor eNB 102 , referred to as cell relay functionality, since the relay eNB 104 is like a cell of the donor eNB 102 .
  • donor eNB 102 can receive communications for the relay eNB 104 from the core network 106 , terminate the transport protocol, and forward the communications to the relay eNB 104 over a disparate transport layer keeping the application layer substantially intact.
  • the forwarding transport protocol type can be the same as the terminated transport protocol type, but is a different transport layer established with the relay eNB 104 .
  • Relay eNB 104 can determine a relay eNB or UE related to the communications, and provide the communications to the relay eNB or UE (e.g., based on an identifier thereof within the communications). Similarly, donor eNB 102 can terminate the transport layer protocol for communications received from relay eNB 104 , translate the communications to a disparate transport protocol, and transmit the communications over the disparate transport protocol to the core network 106 with the application layer intact for relay eNB 104 as a cell relay. In these examples, where relay eNB 104 is communicating with another relay eNB, the relay eNB 104 can support application protocol routing to ensure communications reach the correct relay eNB.
  • application layer protocols can terminate at upstream eNBs.
  • application layer protocols for relay eNB 108 and UE 110 can terminate at relay eNB 104 , and similarly for relay eNB 104 can terminate at donor eNB 102 .
  • the transport and application layer protocols can relate to S1-U, S1-MME, and/or X2 interfaces.
  • S1-U interface can be utilized to communicate in a data plane between a node and a serving gateway (not shown) of the core network 106 .
  • S1-MME interface can be utilized for control plane communications between a node and a mobility management entity (MME) (not shown) of the core network 106 .
  • MME mobility management entity
  • X2 interface can be utilized for communications between eNBs.
  • donor eNB 102 can communicate with other relay eNBs to allow communications therebetween over the access network (e.g., relay eNB 104 can communicate with one or more additional relay eNBs connected to donor eNB 102 ).
  • relay eNB 104 can communicate with one or more additional relay eNBs connected to donor eNB 102 ).
  • relay eNBs such as relay eNB 108
  • relay eNB 108 can reselect the various relay eNBs and/or donor eNBs as it travels throughout a core network 106 coverage area to facilitate seamless network access.
  • relay eNB 108 can reselect intra-cluster, which can refer to reselecting to a disparate relay eNB in the cluster provided by donor eNB 102 (not shown) and/or donor eNB 102 itself.
  • relay eNB 108 can perform reselection to the disparate relay eNB using a similar procedure as a UE communicating with core network 106 (e.g., UE 110 ), where core network 106 is a 3GPP LTE or similar evolved 3GPP network.
  • relay eNB 108 can perform additional steps in the reselection to facilitate providing relevant information to one or more downstream or upstream nodes for the reselection.
  • donor eNB 102 can assign an identifier (e.g., a tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID), etc.), or a portion thereof, to relay eNB 108 upon relay eNB 108 attaching to core network 106 .
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally store the identifier, or portion thereof, in a routing table along with an identifier (e.g., a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), etc.) of a next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108 , which can be relay eNB 104 , in this example, to facilitate subsequent packet routing among the various eNBs.
  • a routing table along with an identifier (e.g., a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), etc.) of a next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108 , which can be relay eNB 104 , in this example, to facilitate subsequent packet routing among the various eNBs.
  • relay eNB 104 can store the identifier, or portion, with an identifier of a next downstream relay eNB, which can be relay eNB 108 in this example. It is to be appreciated that other intermediary relay eNBs can exist in the communication path between relay eNB 108 and donor eNB 102 , and the intermediary relay eNBs can similarly store an association between the identifier of relay eNB 108 assigned by donor eNB 102 and a radio identifier of the next downstream relay eNB.
  • relay eNB 108 can inform the target relay eNB (e.g., the relay eNB to which relay eNB 108 desires to connect) of the reselection by providing a bearer list update message and can include its identifier assigned by donor eNB 102 in the bearer list update message.
  • the target relay eNB (not shown) can update its routing table with an entry associating the received identifier along with a radio identifier of relay eNB 108 and can transmit the bearer list update message to an upstream relay eNB in the communications path to donor eNB 102 or donor eNB 102 , where no other relay eNBs are present in the communications path.
  • the target relay eNB can update the entry to reflect the appropriate downstream relay eNB radio identifier where it has changed.
  • intermediary relay eNBs can similarly store the identifier for relay eNB 108 with a radio identifier of a next downstream relay eNB from which the bearer list update message is received and forward the message to the next eNB in the communication path.
  • Donor eNB 102 upon receiving the bearer list update message, can similarly update its routing table to modify the current entry for relay eNB 108 to reflect the appropriate next downstream relay eNB where it has changed.
  • relay eNB 108 performs an inter-cluster reselection, which can refer to a reselection to a relay eNB or donor eNB in a disparate cluster (not shown)
  • additional procedures can be performed as part of the reselection.
  • relay eNB 108 can require a new identifier for the new cluster, as can any downstream relay eNBs (not shown) connected to relay eNB 108 (e.g., directly or through one or more intermediary relay eNBs).
  • relay eNB 108 can collect parameters regarding its downstream relay eNBs upon initiating a reselection procedure, and can transmit the parameters to core network 106 .
  • Core network 106 can initiate bearer setup procedures, and the target donor eNB (not shown) can assign an identifier, or portion, to the relay eNB 108 , as well as the downstream relay eNBs under relay eNB 108 .
  • the target donor eNB can store the identifier in a routing table along with a next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108 and can additionally transmit the various identifiers to the next downstream relay eNB.
  • the next downstream relay eNB can store the various identifiers in its routing table along with a next downstream relay eNB identifier in the communication path to relay eNB 108 , if present, and so on.
  • Once the identifiers reach relay eNB 108 it can update the identifiers in its routing table to reflect the newly assigned identifiers and can forward the identifiers to the respective next downstream relay eNB in the respective communication paths.
  • the next downstream relay eNBs can perform similar updating procedures.
  • relay eNB 108 can request an identifier from the target donor eNB during reselection without gathering information of the connected downstream relay eNBs. Upon performing reselection, relay eNB 108 can inform the connected downstream relay eNBs, which can similarly perform reselection procedures requesting new identifier from the target donor eNB. In yet another example, as part of a procedure for inter-cluster reselection, relay eNB 108 can release its radio connection with all connected downstream relay eNBs (and UEs if present). In this example, the previously connected downstream relay eNBs and UEs (and/or relay eNB 108 ) can perform network attachment procedures to re-attach to the network via target donor eNB receiving a new identifier therefrom.
  • System 200 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNBs 104 and 202 , with access to a core network 106 .
  • relay eNB 104 can provide one or more disparate relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108 , with access to the core network 106 via donor eNB 102
  • relay eNB 108 can similarly provide core network 106 access to relay eNBs 204 and 206 .
  • Donor eNB 102 which can also be referred to as a cluster eNB, can communicate with the core network 106 over a wired or wireless backhaul link, which can be an LTE or other technology backhaul link.
  • the core network 106 can be a 3GPP LTE or similar technology network.
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally provide an access link for relay eNBs 104 and 202 , which can also be wired or wireless, LTE or other technologies, as described. Similarly, relay eNBs 104 and 202 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 using a backhaul link over the access link of the donor eNB 102 .
  • Relay eNB 104 can similarly provide an access link for relay eNB 108 , as described, which can be a wired or wireless LTE or other technology link.
  • Relay eNB 108 can provide similar access links to relay eNBs 204 and 206 .
  • Donor eNB 102 can connect to the core network 106 over a disparate backhaul link technology.
  • relay eNB 108 can initiate intra-cluster reselection to relay eNB 202 , which communicates with the same donor eNB 102 as relay eNB 104 . This can be based on a higher level of service provided by relay eNB 202 , signal to noise ratio (SNR) over a certain threshold, and/or the like. Indeed, the reselection can be similar to and performed in similar cases as UE reselection in core network 106 . In this regard, in one example, relay eNB 108 (and/or relay eNBs 104 and 202 ) can be mobile such that they travel throughout a core network 106 coverage area.
  • SNR signal to noise ratio
  • relay eNB 108 can perform similar reselection procedures as a UE to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202 . In addition, however, relay eNB 108 can perform specific steps to ensure proper packet routing to/from core network 106 through the various donor and relay nodes.
  • relay eNB 108 upon initiating reselection to relay eNB 202 , can transmit a bearer list update message to relay eNB 202 indicating bearer and/or identifier information for relay eNB 108 , as well as relay eNBs 204 and 206 (and any relay eNBs under relay eNBs 204 and 206 , for example).
  • Relay eNB 202 can update its routing table by adding an entry for an identifier of relay eNB 108 in the bearer list update message (e.g., an identifier previously assigned by donor eNB 102 such as a TEID or portion thereof) along with a bearer identifier for relay eNB 108 .
  • Relay eNB 202 can additionally update its routing table adding entries for identifiers of relay eNBs 204 and 206 along with an association to the bearer identifier for relay eNB 108 .
  • Relay eNB 202 can additionally forward the bearer list update message to donor eNB 102 (or one or more intermediary relay eNBs, where present).
  • Donor eNB 102 can update its routing table by modifying its entry for relay eNB 108 , which associates the assigned identifier for relay eNB 108 with a bearer identifier for relay eNB 104 , to instead associate the assigned identifier with a bearer identifier for relay eNB 202 .
  • donor eNB 102 can update its routing table to associate identifiers of relay eNBs 204 and 206 with relay eNB 202 (instead of relay eNB 104 ).
  • donor eNB 102 can consult its routing table to determine to forward the packet to relay eNB 202 based on the associated bearer identifier.
  • Relay eNB 202 upon receiving the packet, can consult its routing table and determine to forward the packet to relay eNB 108 , and so on.
  • System 300 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNBs 104 and 202 with access to core network 106 . Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102 . Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108 .
  • relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa) to provide similar functionality, in one example, for reselection.
  • donor eNB 102 can be a macrocell access point, femtocell access point, picocell access point, mobile base station, and/or the like.
  • Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108 , 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNB 102 (and relay eNB 104 ) over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 102 comprises an update message receiving component 302 that obtains a bearer list update message from a downstream relay eNB, a parameter parsing component 304 that extracts one or more parameters regarding downstream relay eNBs from the bearer list update message, a routing table component 306 that stores identifiers of relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 102 ) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306 .
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an update message receiving component 310 that obtains a bearer list update message from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the message to an upstream eNB, a parameter parsing component 312 that obtains one or more parameters regarding downstream relay eNBs from the bearer list update message, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 102 ) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314 .
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, a downstream parameter gathering component 320 that obtains one or more parameters, such as evolved packet system (EPS) bearer identifiers, assigned identifiers, bearer quality of service (QoS) parameters, etc., of downstream relay eNBs, an update message generating component 322 that creates a bearer list update message comprising the downstream relay eNB parameters and/or parameters related to relay eNB 108 , and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206 , which can be based on an identifier in the packets and a routing table (not shown), as described with respect to donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 202 .
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • QoS bearer quality of service
  • relay eNB 108 can communicate with donor eNB 102 via relay eNB 104 .
  • donor eNB 102 can have assigned an identifier, such as a TEID or other relay identifier, to relay eNB 108
  • routing table component 306 can have stored an association between the assigned identifier and a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108 , which is relay eNB 104 .
  • Reselection initiating component 318 as described, can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104 .
  • reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202 .
  • downstream parameter gathering component 320 can obtain one or more parameters related to relay eNBs 204 and 206 , such as bearer identifiers, QoS parameters, eNB global identifiers (EGI), identifiers assigned by donor eNB 102 , etc.
  • Update message generating component 322 can compose a bearer list update message that includes at least a portion of the parameters for relay eNBs 204 and 206 and transmit the bearer list update message to its upstream target eNB, which is relay eNB 202 , in this example.
  • Update message receiving component 310 can obtain the bearer list update message, and parameter parsing component 312 can extract one or more parameters from the bearer list update message related to downstream relay eNBs. For example, parameter parsing component 312 can determine an identifier for each downstream relay eNB (e.g., relay eNB 108 and/or relay eNBs 202 and 204 ) assigned by donor eNB 102 . Routing table component 314 can store an association between the assigned identifiers and a bearer identifier for relay eNB 108 , which indicates the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the related relay eNB. Update message receiving component 310 can forward the bearer list update message to donor eNB 102 .
  • relay eNB 108 e.g., relay eNB 108 and/or relay eNBs 202 and 204
  • Routing table component 314 can store an association between the assigned identifiers and a bearer identifier for relay eNB 108 , which indicates
  • update message receiving component 302 can obtain the bearer list update message, and parameter parsing component 304 can extract one or more parameters from the bearer list update message related to the downstream relay eNBs.
  • parameter parsing component 304 can determine an identifier for each downstream relay eNB (e.g., relay eNB 108 and/or relay eNBs 202 and 204 ) assigned by donor eNB 102 .
  • Routing table component 306 can update stored associations for the assigned identifiers to associate to a bearer identifier of relay eNB 202 (e.g., instead of relay eNB 104 ), which indicates the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the related relay eNB.
  • Update message receiving component 302 can additionally transmit an RRC connection reconfiguration message to relay eNB 104 in response to receiving the bearer list update message, and update message receiving component 310 can forward the RRC connection reconfiguration message to relay eNB 108 .
  • Reselection initiating component 318 can receive the RRC connection reconfiguration message and can modify a radio bearer. Reselection initiating component 318 can further transmit an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message to relay eNB 104 , as described further below.
  • other upstream intermediary relay eNBs in the communications path between relay eNB 202 and donor eNB 102 can similarly update routing table entries (where present), since the intermediary relay eNBs can have a stored association for the identifiers generated by donor eNB 102 .
  • routing table components 306 and 314 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202 .
  • packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306 .
  • the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202 , and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet.
  • packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108 , as described, according to the new entry inserted during reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108 . Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB using the same associations as it did before reselection (e.g., using a similar routing table, etc.).
  • System 400 includes a handover relay eNB 402 that communicates with a source relay eNB 404 for access to donor eNB 408 .
  • system 400 includes a target relay eNB 406 to which handover relay eNB 402 reselects, as depicted.
  • a UE part of handover relay eNB 402 can perform S1 reselection 410 to target relay eNB 406 . This can include, for example, handing over the S1 communication interface and related information to facilitate communicating with target relay eNB 406 using the interface.
  • Source relay eNB 404 can perform a bearer resource release 412 to free communication resource previously utilized by handover relay eNB 402 .
  • source relay eNB 404 can transmit a bearer list update message 414 to donor eNB 408 indicating one or more communication resources donor eNB 408 can release in view the reselection procedure by handover relay eNB 402 .
  • Donor eNB 408 can release the resources 416 .
  • the bearer list update message can have a format similar to the following.
  • BearerListltemlE can have a format similar to the following.
  • BearerListItemIEs :: SEQUENCE ⁇ sae-Bearer-Identity SAE-Bearer-Identity, sl-DL-TEID TEID, sae-BearerLevelQoSParametersSAE-BearerLevelQoSParameters OPTIONAL, ... ⁇
  • handover relay eNB 402 can transmit a bearer list update message 418 to target relay eNB 406 , which can include parameters regarding handover relay eNB 402 and/or one or more downstream relay eNBs connected directly or indirectly thereto, such as EPS bearer identifiers, QoS parameters, assigned identifiers of the handover relay eNB and/or related downstream relay eNBs, etc.
  • Target relay eNB 406 can perform admission control and routing table update 420 .
  • Admission control can refer to allocating resources according to various parameters regarding a related device.
  • routing table update can include adding an entry for an assigned identifier of handover relay eNB 402 and/or downstream relay eNBs directly or indirectly connected thereto and a bearer identifier for handover relay eNB 402 .
  • Target relay eNB 406 can forward the bearer list update 422 to donor eNB 408 .
  • Donor eNB 408 can similarly perform admission control and routing table update 424 .
  • Routing table update for donor eNB 408 can include updating entries stored for handover relay eNB 402 and/or the one or more downstream relay eNBs directly or indirectly connected thereto to associate with target relay eNB 406 instead of source relay eNB 404 .
  • donor eNB 102 can locate the entries according to the identifiers received in the bearer list update message (e.g., the identifiers can be those previously assigned by donor eNB 408 , as described).
  • Donor eNB 408 can subsequently transmit a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration 426 to target relay eNB 406 .
  • RRC radio resource control
  • donor eNB 408 can establish a radio bearer that maps to an EPS bearer of target relay eNB 406 (e.g., received in the bearer list update message). If radio bearers are pre-established, for example, donor eNB 408 can map the EPS bearer to the appropriate radio bearer and send an RRC connection reconfiguration with QoS parameters (e.g., received in the bearer list update message).
  • the donor eNB 408 can send the RRC connection reconfiguration to the target relay eNB 406 to establish a radio bearer that maps to the EPS bearer. In either case, donor eNB 408 can additionally transmit a bearer list update complete message 428 to target relay eNB 406 , and target relay eNB 406 can transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete 430 to donor eNB 408 .
  • the bearer list update complete message can have a format similar to the following.
  • target relay eNB 406 can transmit an RRC connection reconfiguration 432 to handover relay eNB 402 for changing the radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message.
  • target relay eNB 406 can establish a radio bearer that maps to an EPS bearer of handover relay eNB 402 (e.g., received in the bearer list update message). If radio bearers are pre-established, for example, target relay eNB 406 can map the EPS bearer to the appropriate radio bearer and send an RRC connection reconfiguration with QoS parameters (e.g., received in the bearer list update message).
  • the target relay eNB 406 can send the RRC connection reconfiguration to the handover relay eNB 402 to establish a radio bearer that maps to the EPS bearer. In either case, In either case, target relay eNB 406 can additionally transmit a bearer list update complete message 434 to handover relay eNB 402 , and handover relay eNB 402 can transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete 436 to target eNB 406 . Subsequently, donor eNB 408 can forward downlink data 438 to target relay eNB 406 based on the updated routing table, which can transmit the downlink data 440 to handover relay eNB 402 based on its updated routing table.
  • System 500 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 104 , with access to a core network 106 , and a donor eNB 502 that similarly provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 202 , with access to core network 106 .
  • relay eNB 104 can provide one or more disparate relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108 , with access to the core network 106 via donor eNB 102
  • relay eNB 108 can similarly provide core network 106 access to relay eNBs 204 and 206 .
  • Donor eNBs 102 and 502 can communicate with the core network 106 over a wired or wireless backhaul link, which can be an LTE or other technology backhaul link.
  • the core network 106 can be a 3GPP LTE or similar technology network.
  • donor eNBs 102 and 502 can provide separate clusters for accessing core network 106 .
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally provide an access link for relay eNB 104 (and donor eNB 502 for relay eNB 202 ), which can also be wired or wireless, LTE or other technologies, as described.
  • relay eNB 104 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 (and relay eNB 202 to donor eNB 502 ) using a backhaul link over the access link of the donor eNB.
  • Relay eNB 104 can similarly provide an access link for relay eNB 108 , as described, which can be a wired or wireless LTE or other technology link.
  • Relay eNB 108 can provide similar access links to relay eNBs 204 and 206 .
  • Donor eNBs 102 and 502 can connect to the core network 106 over a disparate backhaul link technology.
  • relay eNB 108 can initiate inter-cluster reselection to relay eNB 202 , which is in a different cluster than relay eNB 104 (e.g., relay eNB 202 communicates with donor eNB 502 where relay eNB 104 communicates with donor eNB 102 ). Reselection, as described, can be based on a higher level of service provided by relay eNB 202 , signal to noise ratio (SNR) over a certain threshold, and/or the like. Indeed, the reselection can be similar to and performed in similar cases as UE reselection in core network 106 . In this regard, in one example, relay eNB 108 (and/or relay eNBs 104 , 202 , 204 , 206 ) can be mobile such that they travel throughout a core network 106 coverage area.
  • SNR signal to noise ratio
  • relay eNB 108 can perform similar reselection procedures as a UE to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202 . In addition, however, relay eNB 108 can perform specific steps to ensure proper packet routing to/from core network 106 through the various donor and relay nodes in the new cluster. In an example, relay eNB 108 , upon initiating reselection to relay eNB 202 , can collect one or more parameters regarding downstream relay eNBs, such as relay eNBs 204 and 206 , and/or downstream UEs (not shown).
  • downstream relay eNBs such as relay eNBs 204 and 206 , and/or downstream UEs (not shown).
  • the one or more parameters can include, for example a number of relay eNBs, identifiers for the relay eNBs (such as EGIs assigned by core network 106 ), a number of UEs, UE bearer information, and/or the like.
  • Relay eNB 108 can forward the parameters to relay eNB 202 (e.g., in a handover required message).
  • Relay eNB 202 can forward the parameters to donor eNB 502 , which can assign identifiers (e.g., TEID or other relay identifiers) to relay eNB 108 and/or the downstream relay eNBs (relay eNBs 204 and 206 in this example).
  • Donor eNB 502 can store the assigned identifiers along with a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path, which is relay eNB 202 .
  • Donor eNB 502 can transmit the assigned identifiers to relay eNB 202 , which can similarly store the identifiers along with an association to the next downstream relay eNB in the communications path, which is relay eNB 108 .
  • Relay eNB 202 can transmit the assigned identifiers for downstream relay eNBs that are directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108 (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206 ) to relay eNB 108 .
  • Relay eNB 108 can store the assigned identifiers along with identifiers for the related next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to those relay eNBs, and so on.
  • donor eNB 502 can provide the assigned identifiers to core network 106 (or one or more components thereof, such as a serving gateway (SGW) related to the relay eNBs), such that the core network 106 can include the assigned identifiers in communications for the respective relay eNBs.
  • SGW serving gateway
  • bearer setup procedures can be initiated by relay eNB 108 for substantially all downstream relay eNBs and UEs directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108 .
  • relay eNB 108 along with performing UE type reselection procedures, can request or otherwise acquire identifier assignment from donor eNB 502 and can setup its bearer (and/or bearers of its directly connected UEs) with donor eNB 502 .
  • Donor eNB 502 can assign an identifier and store it in a routing table, as described, with a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, relay eNB 202 in this case.
  • Donor eNB 502 can provide the identifier assignment to relay eNB 202 , which can similarly store the assigned identifier along with a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, relay eNB 108 in this example.
  • Relay eNB 108 can inform its downstream relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206 ) of the reselection, and the downstream relay eNBs can similarly request identifier assignment from donor eNB 502 and establish bearers for itself and directly connected UE.
  • relay eNBs e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206
  • relay eNB 108 can send an RRC connection release to its underlying relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNB 204 and 206 ) and UEs to release established radio bearers.
  • the underlying relay eNBs can similarly send RRC connection release to their underlying relay eNBs and UEs.
  • relay eNB 108 and the relay eNBs and/or UEs previously connected (directly or indirectly) to relay eNB 108 can re-attach to donor eNB 502 to receive identifier assignments and establish routing tables, as described previously.
  • System 600 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNB 104 with access to core network 106 , and a donor eNB 502 that provides relay eNB 202 with access to core network 106 . Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102 . Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108 .
  • relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa), in one example, to provide reselection functionality.
  • donor eNBs 102 and 502 can be macrocell access points, femtocell access points, picocell access points, mobile base stations, and/or the like.
  • Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108 , 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNBs 102 and 502 over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 502 comprises an update message receiving component 602 that obtains a handover required or other message from a downstream relay eNB, an identifier assigning component 604 that generates an identifier for one or more relay eNBs indicated in the received message, a routing table component 306 that stores assigned identifiers of relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306 .
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an update message receiving component 310 that obtains a handover required or other message from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the message to an upstream eNB, an identifier receiving component 606 that obtains an identifier for one or more downstream relay eNBs from an upstream relay eNB, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of the one or more relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 502 ) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the one or more relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314 .
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, a downstream parameter gathering component 608 that obtains one or more parameters of downstream relay eNBs and/or UEs, an update message generating component 610 that creates a handover required or other message comprising the downstream relay eNB/UE parameters and/or parameters related to relay eNB 108 , an identifier receiving component 612 that obtains one or more identifiers for downstream relay eNBs from donor eNB 502 , a routing table component 614 that stores the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the downstream relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206 based on locating an identifier receive in the packets in the routing table component 614
  • relay eNB 108 can communicate with relay eNB 104 to receive access to core network 106 via donor eNB 102 .
  • relay eNB 108 can operate in a cluster provided by donor eNB 102 and can utilize a donor eNB 102 assigned identifier in transmitting and receiving communications in the cluster.
  • Reselection initiating component 318 can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104 .
  • reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202 .
  • downstream parameter gathering component 608 can obtain one or more parameters related to relay eNBs 204 and 206 or other devices, such as a number of downstream relay eNBs directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108 , EGI of the relay eNBs, a number of UEs (not shown) directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108 , bearer information for the UEs, and/or the like.
  • Reselection initiating component 318 can perform at least a portion of a reselection procedure, and update message generating component 610 can create a handover required or similar message comprising the one or more parameters and transmit the message to relay eNB 202 .
  • Update message receiving component 310 can obtain the message and forward the message to donor eNB 502 .
  • Update message receiving component 602 can similarly obtain the message and signal the core network 106 to initiate bearer setup procedure (e.g., for the UEs).
  • Identifier assigning component 604 can determine the relay eNBs in the handover required or other message and can assign identifiers, such as TEID or other relay identifiers as described, to the relay eNBs. This can include assigning an identifier to relay eNB 108 .
  • Routing table component 306 can store associations between the assigned identifiers and a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNBs, which is relay eNB 202 in this example.
  • Identifier assigning component 604 can transmit the assigned identifiers to relay eNB 202 (e.g., along with the respective received EGI).
  • Identifier receiving component 606 can obtain the assigned identifiers, and routing table component 314 can similarly store the assigned identifiers along with associations to a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108 , in this example. Identifier receiving component 606 can forward the identifiers (and EGI, for example) to relay eNB 108 . Identifier receiving component 612 can similarly receive the assigned identifiers. Routing table component 614 can update entries related to downstream relay eNBs based on the received assigned identifiers. For example, routing table component 614 can locate entries based on a corresponding received EGI and update the identifier with that corresponding to the EGI in the received identifiers.
  • Identifier receiving component 612 can transmit the identifiers to related next downstream relay eNBs for similar routing table updating, for example.
  • identifier assigning component 604 can provide the assigned identifiers to core network 106 (e.g., with EGI) allowing core network 106 to appropriately utilize the updated identifiers for the relay eNBs.
  • routing table components 306 , 314 , and 614 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202 .
  • packet routing component 308 upon receiving packets from core network 106 with the identifier of relay eNB 108 , 204 , or 206 , packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306 .
  • the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202 , and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet.
  • packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108 , as described, according to the new entry received in reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108 . Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB according to its routing table component 614 updated with the new assigned identifiers for the respective downstream relay eNBs.
  • System 700 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNB 104 with access to core network 106 , and a donor eNB 502 that provides relay eNB 202 with access to core network 106 . Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102 . Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108 .
  • relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa), in one example, to provide reselection functionality.
  • donor eNBs 102 and 502 can be macrocell access points, femtocell access points, picocell access points, mobile base stations, and/or the like.
  • Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108 , 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNBs 102 and 502 over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 502 comprises an identifier request receiving component 702 that obtains a request for an identifier from a downstream relay eNB (e.g. performing reselection), an identifier assigning component 604 that generates an identifier for one or more relay eNBs indicated in the received message, a routing table component 306 that stores assigned identifiers of relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306 .
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an identifier request receiving component 704 that obtains a request for an identifier from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the request to an upstream eNB, an identifier receiving component 606 that obtains an identifier for one or more downstream relay eNBs from an upstream relay eNB, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of the one or more relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 502 ) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the one or more relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314 .
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, an identifier requesting component 706 that generates and transmits a request for an identifier to a relay eNB when reselecting to the relay eNB, an identifier receiving component 612 that obtains one or more identifiers for downstream relay eNBs from donor eNB 502 , a bearer requesting component 708 that transmits a request to establish bearers for directly connected UEs to a donor eNB in a new cluster, a reselection notifying component 710 that provides downstream relay eNBs with a notification of reselection by relay eNB 108 , a routing table component 614 that stores the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the downstream relay eNBs, and a packet routing component
  • relay eNB 108 can communicate with relay eNB 104 to receive access to core network 106 via donor eNB 102 .
  • relay eNB 108 can operate in a cluster provided by donor eNB 102 and can utilize a donor eNB 102 assigned identifier in transmitting and receiving communications in the cluster.
  • Reselection initiating component 318 can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104 .
  • reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202 .
  • identifier requesting component 706 can generate a request for an identifier from donor eNB 502 and can transmit the request upstream to relay eNB 202 .
  • Identifier request receiving component 704 can obtain the request and forward the request to donor eNB 502 . Identifier request receiving component 702 can similarly obtain the request. Identifier assigning component 604 can generate an identifier, such as TEID or other relay identifier as described, for relay eNB 108 . Routing table component 306 can store an association between the assigned identifier for relay eNB 108 and a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108 , which is relay eNB 202 in this example. Identifier assigning component 604 can transmit the assigned identifier to relay eNB 202 , in one example.
  • Identifier receiving component 606 can obtain the assigned identifier, and routing table component 314 can similarly store the assigned identifier for relay eNB 108 along with an association to a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108 , in this example. Identifier receiving component 606 can forward the identifier to relay eNB 108 . Identifier receiving component 612 can similarly receive the assigned identifier or notification of assignment. Moreover, bearer requesting component 708 can request bearer establishment in the new cluster for underlying UEs directly communicating with relay eNB 108 . Relay eNB 202 can forward the request to donor eNB 502 , which can communicate with core network 106 to establish the bearers.
  • reselection notifying component 710 can transmit a notification of reselection to its downstream relay eNBs, relay eNBs 204 and 206 in this example. It is to be appreciated that reselection notifying component 710 can determine the downstream relay eNBs based at least in part on entries corresponding to the downstream relay eNBs in routing table component 614 , in one example. For example, this can cause relay eNBs 204 and 206 to perform similar procedures as relay eNB 108 to facilitate reselection, such as requesting identifiers from donor eNB 502 , requesting bearer establishment in the new cluster for their directly connected UEs, and notifying their downstream relay eNBs of the reselection.
  • identifier assigning component 604 can similarly assign an identifier to relay eNB 204 and/or 206 upon receiving the request, and routing table component 306 can store an association of the identifier to a bearer identifier of relay eNB 202 , as described.
  • identifier receiving component 606 can similarly obtain the identifier, and routing table 314 can similarly store an association to relay eNB 108 .
  • identifier receiving component 606 can forward the identifier to relay eNB 108 .
  • Identifier receiving component 612 can obtain the identifier, and routing table component 614 can update its stored entry for relay eNB 204 and/or 206 to reflect the new identifier.
  • routing table components 306 , 314 , and 614 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202 .
  • packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306 .
  • the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202 , and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet.
  • packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108 , as described, according to the new entry received in reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108 . Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB according to its routing table component 614 updated with the new assigned identifiers for the respective downstream relay eNBs.
  • System 800 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNB 104 with access to core network 106 , and a donor eNB 502 that provides relay eNB 202 with access to core network 106 . Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102 . Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108 .
  • relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa), in one example, to provide reselection functionality.
  • donor eNBs 102 and 502 can be macrocell access points, femtocell access points, picocell access points, mobile base stations, and/or the like.
  • Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108 , 202 , 204 , and 206 ) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNBs 102 and 502 over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 502 comprises an attachment request receiving component 802 that obtains a network attachment request from a downstream relay eNB, an identifier assigning component 604 that generates an identifier for one or more relay eNBs from which a network attachment request is received, a routing table component 306 that stores assigned identifiers of relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306 .
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an attachment request receiving component 804 that obtains a network attachment request from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the request to an upstream eNB, an identifier receiving component 606 that obtains an identifier for one or more downstream relay eNBs from an upstream relay eNB, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of the one or more relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 502 ) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the one or more relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314 .
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, a connection releasing component 806 that transmits a connection release message to its underlying relay eNBs and UEs to release resources and/or bearers established for the relay eNBs and UEs, an attachment requesting component 808 that transmits a request to attach to a wireless network under a target donor eNB during reselection, an identifier receiving component 612 that obtains one or more identifiers for downstream relay eNBs from the target donor eNB, a routing table component 614 that stores the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the downstream relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206 based on locating an identifier receive in
  • relay eNB 108 can communicate with relay eNB 104 to receive access to core network 106 via donor eNB 102 .
  • relay eNB 108 can operate in a cluster provided by donor eNB 102 and can utilize a donor eNB 102 assigned identifier in transmitting and receiving communications in the cluster.
  • Reselection initiating component 318 can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104 .
  • reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202 .
  • connection releasing component 806 can transmit an RRC connection release (or similar connection release) message to its downstream relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206 ) and UEs (not shown) to release resources and/or bearers associated with the relay eNBs and UEs. This can cause the downstream relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206 ) to similarly release resources for their underlying relay eNBs and UEs.
  • RRC connection release or similar connection release
  • Attachment requesting component 808 can transmit a network attachment request to donor eNB 502 to re-attach to the core network 106 .
  • Attachment request receiving component 804 can receive the request and forward it to donor eNB 502 .
  • attachment request receiving component 802 can obtain the attachment request.
  • identifier assigning component 604 can generate a donor eNB 502 unique identifier for relay eNB 108 to facilitate routing packets thereto.
  • Routing table component 306 can store an association between the identifier and a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB, relay eNB 202 in this example.
  • Identifier assigning component 604 can transmit the identifier to relay eNB 202 .
  • identifier receiving component 606 can obtain the identifier
  • routing table component 314 can store the identifier along with a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path, which is relay eNB 108 in this example.
  • downstream relay eNBs to relay eNB 108 can similarly re-attach to core network 106 .
  • the downstream relay eNBs can additionally receive an identifier from donor eNB 502 that is similarly stored in routing table components 306 and 314 .
  • identifier receiving component 606 can transmit the identifier to relay eNB 108 .
  • Identifier receiving component 612 can similarly receive the identifier, and routing table 614 can store an association of the identifier to the appropriate next downstream relay eNB, and so on.
  • downstream UEs can also re-attach to core network 106 to establish bearers and communication resources previously released.
  • routing table components 306 , 314 , and 614 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202 .
  • packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306 .
  • the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202 , and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet.
  • packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108 , as described, according to the new entry received in reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108 . Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB according to its routing table component 614 updated with the new assigned identifiers for the respective downstream relay eNBs.
  • Network 900 includes a UE 110 that communicates with a relay eNB 104 , as described, to receive access to a wireless network.
  • Relay eNB 104 can communicate with a donor eNB 102 using a relay protocol to provide access to a wireless network, and as described, donor eNB 102 can communicate with an MME 902 and/or SGW 904 that relate to the relay eNB 104 .
  • SGW 904 can connect to or be coupled with a PGW 906 , which provides network access to SGW 904 and/or additional SGWs.
  • PGW 906 can communicate with a PCRF 908 to authenticate/authorize UE 110 to use the network, which can utilize an IMS 910 to provide addressing to the UE 110 and/or relay eNB 104 .
  • MME 902 and/or SGW 904 and PGW 906 can be related to donor eNB 102 serving substantially all relay eNBs in the cluster.
  • Donor eNB 102 can also communicate with an SGW 916 and PGW 918 that relate to the UE 110 , such that the PGW 918 can assign UE 110 a network address to facilitate tunneling communications thereto through the relay eNB 104 , donor eNB 102 , and SGW 916 .
  • SGW 916 can communicate with an MME 914 to facilitate control plane communications to and from the UE 110 .
  • MME 902 and MME 914 can be the same MME, in one example.
  • PGW 918 can similarly communicate with a PCRF 908 to authenticate/authorize UE 110 , which can communicate with an IMS 910 .
  • PGW 918 can communicate directly with the IMS 910 and/or internet 912 .
  • UE 110 can communicate with the relay eNB 104 over an E-UTRA-Uu interface, as described, and the relay eNB 104 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 using an E-UTRA-Uu interface or other interface using the relay protocol, as described herein.
  • Donor eNB 102 communicates with the MME 902 using an S1-MME interface and the SGW 904 and PGW 906 over an S1-U interface, as depicted.
  • communications received from relay eNB 104 for MME 902 or SGW 904 /PGW 906 can be over a relay protocol and can have an IP address of MME 902 or SGW 904 /PGW 906 in the relay protocol header.
  • Donor eNB 102 can appropriately route the packet according to the IP address and/or payload type of the relay protocol.
  • packets from relay eNB 104 can comprised a previously assigned TEID or portion thereof.
  • the transport layers used over the S1-MME and S1-U interfaces are terminated at the donor eNB 102 , as described.
  • donor eNB 102 upon receiving communications for the relay eNB 104 from the MME 902 or SGW 904 , donor eNB 102 can, for example, decouple the application layer from the transport layer by defining a new relay protocol packet, or other protocol layer packet, and transmitting the application layer communication to the relay eNB 104 in the new protocol packet (over the E-UTRA-Uu interface, in one example).
  • Donor eNB 102 can transmit the packet to relay eNB 104 (and/or one or more disparate relay eNBs as described) based on a TEID in the packet or relay identifier in the header.
  • donor eNB 102 Upon transmitting control plane communications from the relay eNB 104 to the MME 902 , donor eNB 102 can indicate an identifier of the relay eNB 104 (e.g., in an S1-AP message), and MME 902 can transmit the identifier in responding communications to the donor eNB 102 .
  • donor eNB 102 can insert an identifier for the relay eNB 104 (or UE 110 or one or more related bearers) in the TEID of a GTP-U header to identify the relay eNB 104 (or UE 110 or one or more related bearers).
  • This can be an identifier generated for relay eNB 104 by donor eNB 102 such that donor eNB 102 can determine the relay eNB 104 , or one or more downstream relay eNBs is to receive the translated packet, as described above. For example, this can be based at least in part on locating at least a portion of the identifier in a routing table at donor eNB 102 .
  • headers can be compressed, in one example, as described.
  • MME 902 can communicate with SGW 904 , and MME 914 to SGW 916 , using an S11 interface.
  • PGWs 906 and 918 can communicate with PCRF 908 over a Gx interface.
  • PCRF 908 can communicate with IMS 910 using an Rx interface
  • PGW 918 can communicate with IMS 910 and/or the internet 912 using an SGi interface.
  • FIGS. 10-13 methodologies relating to reselecting relay eNBs in cell relay configured wireless networks are illustrated. While, for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the methodologies are shown and described as a series of acts, it is to be understood and appreciated that the methodologies are not limited by the order of acts, as some acts may, in accordance with one or more aspects, occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other acts from that shown and described herein. For example, those skilled in the art will understand and appreciate that a methodology could alternatively be represented as a series of interrelated states or events, such as in a state diagram. Moreover, not all illustrated acts may be required to implement a methodology in accordance with one or more aspects.
  • a relay eNB can be communicated with to receive access to a wireless network.
  • the relay eNB can provide such access through a donor eNB (and/or one or more intermediary relay eNBs).
  • a connection with a disparate relay eNB can be established to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB.
  • the disparate relay eNB can provide wireless network access through the same donor eNB (and thus be in the same cluster) as the relay eNB.
  • upstream relay eNBs can modify internal routing tables for routing packets through the disparate relay eNB instead of the relay eNB.
  • a bearer list update message can be transmitted to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier assigned by a donor eNB.
  • the bearer list update message can also comprise identifiers of one or more downstream relay eNBs such that an upstream relay eNB can update or add routing table entries to forward packets according to the identifiers in the bearer list update message, as described previously.
  • a bearer list update message can be received from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB.
  • the bearer list update message can include an identifier of the relay eNB and/or identifiers of downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB.
  • an identifier of the relay eNB can be determined from the bearer list update message.
  • the identifier of the relay eNB can be associated to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB.
  • an entry exists for the relay eNB, it can be updated; if no entry exists, an entry can be added.
  • associations for those identifiers can be similarly updated or added.
  • a relay eNB can be communicated with to receive access to a wireless network. As described, the relay eNB can provide such access through a donor eNB (and/or one or more intermediary relay eNBs).
  • a connection with a disparate relay eNB can be established to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB.
  • the disparate relay eNB can provide wireless network access through a disparate donor eNB (and thus be in a different cluster) as the relay eNB.
  • an identifier can be assigned by the disparate donor eNB to facilitate routing within the new cluster.
  • an identifier request can be transmitted to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of an identifier by a donor eNB of the disparate relay eNB. In one example, this can be an explicit request, a request triggered by a network attachment procedure, and/or the like.
  • the identifier request in one example, can comprise identifiers for downstream relay eNBs to facilitate assigning identifiers to those nodes as well.
  • an example methodology 1300 is shown that facilitates updating routing tables upon inter-cluster reselection by a downstream relay eNB.
  • an identifier request can be received from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB.
  • the identifier request can be an explicit request, a request triggered by a network attachment procedure, a request for assigning multiple identifiers (e.g., of downstream relay eNBs to the relay eNB), and/or the like.
  • an identifier can be obtained for the relay eNB.
  • the identifier can be received from an upstream relay eNB, generated for the relay eNB, and/or the like.
  • the identifier of the relay eNB can be associated to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB.
  • the association can be stored in a routing table.
  • identifiers can be obtained for downstream relay eNBs to the relay eNB, for example, and similarly associated to the next downstream relay eNB in the routing table, for example.
  • inferences can be made regarding generating identifiers for downstream relay eNBs, updating routing tables according to the identifiers, and/or other aspects described herein.
  • the term to “infer” or “inference” refers generally to the process of reasoning about or inferring states of the system, environment, and/or user from a set of observations as captured via events and/or data. Inference can be employed to identify a specific context or action, or can generate a probability distribution over states, for example. The inference can be probabilistic—that is, the computation of a probability distribution over states of interest based on a consideration of data and events.
  • Inference can also refer to techniques employed for composing higher-level events from a set of events and/or data. Such inference results in the construction of new events or actions from a set of observed events and/or stored event data, whether or not the events are correlated in close temporal proximity, and whether the events and data come from one or several event and data sources.
  • System 1400 comprises a base station 1402 that can include multiple antenna groups.
  • one antenna group can include antennas 1404 and 1406
  • another group can comprise antennas 1408 and 1410
  • an additional group can include antennas 1412 and 1414 .
  • Two antennas are illustrated for each antenna group; however, more or fewer antennas can be utilized for each group.
  • Base station 1402 can additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, each of which can in turn comprise a plurality of components associated with signal transmission and reception (e.g., processors, modulators, multiplexers, demodulators, demultiplexers, antennas, etc.), as will be appreciated by one skilled in the art.
  • a transmitter chain and a receiver chain each of which can in turn comprise a plurality of components associated with signal transmission and reception (e.g., processors, modulators, multiplexers, demodulators, demultiplexers, antennas, etc.), as will be appreciated by one skilled in the art.
  • Base station 1402 can communicate with one or more mobile devices such as mobile device 1416 and mobile device 1422 ; however, it is to be appreciated that base station 1402 can communicate with substantially any number of mobile devices similar to mobile devices 1416 and 1422 .
  • Mobile devices 1416 and 1422 can be, for example, cellular phones, smart phones, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable device for communicating over wireless communication system 1400 .
  • mobile device 1416 is in communication with antennas 1412 and 1414 , where antennas 1412 and 1414 transmit information to mobile device 1416 over a forward link 1418 and receive information from mobile device 1416 over a reverse link 1420 .
  • mobile device 1422 is in communication with antennas 1404 and 1406 , where antennas 1404 and 1406 transmit information to mobile device 1422 over a forward link 1424 and receive information from mobile device 1422 over a reverse link 1426 .
  • forward link 1418 can utilize a different frequency band than that used by reverse link 1420
  • forward link 1424 can employ a different frequency band than that employed by reverse link 1426 , for example.
  • forward link 1418 and reverse link 1420 can utilize a common frequency band and forward link 1424 and reverse link 1426 can utilize a common frequency band.
  • Each group of antennas and/or the area in which they are designated to communicate can be referred to as a sector of base station 1402 .
  • antenna groups can be designed to communicate to mobile devices in a sector of the areas covered by base station 1402 .
  • the transmitting antennas of base station 1402 can utilize beamforming to improve signal-to-noise ratio of forward links 1418 and 1424 for mobile devices 1416 and 1422 .
  • base station 1402 utilizes beamforming to transmit to mobile devices 1416 and 1422 scattered randomly through an associated coverage
  • mobile devices in neighboring cells can be subject to less interference as compared to a base station transmitting through a single antenna to all its mobile devices.
  • mobile devices 1416 and 1422 can communicate directly with one another using a peer-to-peer or ad hoc technology (not shown).
  • system 1400 can be a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system.
  • system 1400 can utilize substantially any type of duplexing technique to divide communication channels (e.g., forward link, reverse link, . . . ) such as FDD, FDM, TDD, TDM, CDM, and the like.
  • communication channels can be orthogonalized to allow simultaneous communication with multiple devices over the channels; in one example, OFDM can be utilized in this regard.
  • the channels can be divided into portions of frequency over a period of time.
  • frames can be defined as the portions of frequency over a collection of time periods; thus, for example, a frame can comprise a number of OFDM symbols.
  • the base station 1402 can communicate to the mobile devices 1416 and 1422 over the channels, which can be create for various types of data.
  • channels can be created for communicating various types of general communication data, control data (e.g., quality information for other channels, acknowledgement indicators for data received over channels, interference information, reference signals, etc.), and/or the like.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example wireless communication system 1500 .
  • the wireless communication system 1500 depicts one base station 1510 and one mobile device 1550 for sake of brevity.
  • system 1500 can include more than one base station and/or more than one mobile device, wherein additional base stations and/or mobile devices can be substantially similar or different from example base station 1510 and mobile device 1550 described below.
  • base station 1510 and/or mobile device 1550 can employ the systems ( FIGS. 1-9 and 14 ) and/or methods ( FIGS. 10-13 ) described herein to facilitate wireless communication therebetween.
  • traffic data for a number of data streams is provided from a data source 1512 to a transmit (TX) data processor 1514 .
  • TX data processor 1514 formats, codes, and interleaves the traffic data stream based on a particular coding scheme selected for that data stream to provide coded data.
  • the coded data for each data stream can be multiplexed with pilot data using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) techniques. Additionally or alternatively, the pilot symbols can be frequency division multiplexed (FDM), time division multiplexed (TDM), or code division multiplexed (CDM).
  • the pilot data is typically a known data pattern that is processed in a known manner and can be used at mobile device 1550 to estimate channel response.
  • the multiplexed pilot and coded data for each data stream can be modulated (e.g., symbol mapped) based on a particular modulation scheme (e.g., binary phase-shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase-shift keying (QPSK), M-phase-shift keying (M-PSK), M-quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM), etc.) selected for that data stream to provide modulation symbols.
  • BPSK binary phase-shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase-shift keying
  • M-PSK M-phase-shift keying
  • M-QAM M-quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the modulation symbols for the data streams can be provided to a TX MIMO processor 1520 , which can further process the modulation symbols (e.g., for OFDM). TX MIMO processor 1520 then provides N T modulation symbol streams to N T transmitters (TMTR) 1522 a through 1522 t . In various aspects, TX MIMO processor 1520 applies beamforming weights to the symbols of the data streams and to the antenna from which the symbol is being transmitted.
  • Each transmitter 1522 receives and processes a respective symbol stream to provide one or more analog signals, and further conditions (e.g., amplifies, filters, and upconverts) the analog signals to provide a modulated signal suitable for transmission over the MIMO channel. Further, N T modulated signals from transmitters 1522 a through 1522 t are transmitted from N T antennas 1524 a through 1524 t , respectively.
  • the transmitted modulated signals are received by N R antennas 1552 a through 1552 r and the received signal from each antenna 1552 is provided to a respective receiver (RCVR) 1554 a through 1554 r .
  • Each receiver 1554 conditions (e.g., filters, amplifies, and downconverts) a respective signal, digitizes the conditioned signal to provide samples, and further processes the samples to provide a corresponding “received” symbol stream.
  • An RX data processor 1560 can receive and process the N R received symbol streams from N R receivers 1554 based on a particular receiver processing technique to provide N T “detected” symbol streams. RX data processor 1560 can demodulate, deinterleave, and decode each detected symbol stream to recover the traffic data for the data stream. The processing by RX data processor 1560 is complementary to that performed by TX MIMO processor 1520 and TX data processor 1514 at base station 1510 .
  • a processor 1570 can periodically determine which precoding matrix to utilize as discussed above. Further, processor 1570 can formulate a reverse link message comprising a matrix index portion and a rank value portion.
  • the reverse link message can comprise various types of information regarding the communication link and/or the received data stream.
  • the reverse link message can be processed by a TX data processor 1538 , which also receives traffic data for a number of data streams from a data source 1536 , modulated by a modulator 1580 , conditioned by transmitters 1554 a through 1554 r , and transmitted back to base station 1510 .
  • the modulated signals from mobile device 1550 are received by antennas 1524 , conditioned by receivers 1522 , demodulated by a demodulator 1540 , and processed by a RX data processor 1542 to extract the reverse link message transmitted by mobile device 1550 . Further, processor 1530 can process the extracted message to determine which precoding matrix to use for determining the beamforming weights.
  • Processors 1530 and 1570 can direct (e.g., control, coordinate, manage, etc.) operation at base station 1510 and mobile device 1550 , respectively. Respective processors 1530 and 1570 can be associated with memory 1532 and 1572 that store program codes and data. Processors 1530 and 1570 can also perform computations to derive frequency and impulse response estimates for the uplink and downlink, respectively.
  • the aspects described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, or any combination thereof.
  • the processing units can be implemented within one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • DSPDs digital signal processing devices
  • PLDs programmable logic devices
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • processors controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.
  • a code segment can represent a procedure, a function, a subprogram, a program, a routine, a subroutine, a module, a software package, a class, or any combination of instructions, data structures, or program statements.
  • a code segment can be coupled to another code segment or a hardware circuit by passing and/or receiving information, data, arguments, parameters, or memory contents. Information, arguments, parameters, data, etc. can be passed, forwarded, or transmitted using any suitable means including memory sharing, message passing, token passing, network transmission, etc.
  • the techniques described herein can be implemented with modules (e.g., procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein.
  • the software codes can be stored in memory units and executed by processors.
  • the memory unit can be implemented within the processor or external to the processor, in which case it can be communicatively coupled to the processor via various means as is known in the art.
  • system 1600 that facilitates performing an intra-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB.
  • system 1600 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc.
  • system 1600 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware).
  • System 1600 includes a logical grouping 1602 of electrical components that can act in conjunction.
  • logical grouping 1602 can include an electrical component for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network 1604 .
  • electrical component 1604 can at least initiate reselection for a UE portion (e.g., to handover an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB).
  • logical grouping 1602 can include an electrical component for generating a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the system 1600 and transmitting the bearer list update message during reselection 1606 .
  • the identifier can be transmitted to upstream relay eNBs to facilitate routing table updating so packets can be forwarded to the disparate relay eNB following reselection.
  • logical grouping 1602 can include an electrical component for determining one or more identifiers relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs 1608 .
  • electrical component 1606 can also transmit the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs in the bearer list update message to facilitate routing table updating for those identifiers as well.
  • system 1600 can include a memory 1610 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1604 , 1606 , and 1608 . While shown as being external to memory 1610 , it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1604 , 1606 , and 1608 can exist within memory 1610 .
  • system 1700 that facilitates receiving identifiers of relay eNBs performing reselection and updating routing tables to reflect a new communications path to the relay eNBs.
  • system 1700 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc.
  • system 1700 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware).
  • System 1700 includes a logical grouping 1702 of electrical components that can act in conjunction.
  • logical grouping 1702 can include an electrical component for receiving a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB 1704 .
  • the bearer list update message can comprise an identifier of the relay eNB and/or one or more disparate relay eNBs downstream to the relay eNB.
  • logical grouping 1702 can include an electrical component for determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message 1706 . Moreover, logical grouping 1702 can include an electrical component for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table 1708 . As described, storing the association can include adding a new association or updating a previous association. Additionally, system 1700 can include a memory 1710 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1704 , 1706 , and 1708 . While shown as being external to memory 1710 , it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1704 , 1706 , and 1708 can exist within memory 1710 .
  • system 1800 that facilitates performing an inter-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB.
  • system 1800 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc. It is to be appreciated that system 1800 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware).
  • System 1800 includes a logical grouping 1802 of electrical components that can act in conjunction.
  • logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilize disparate donor eNBs to provide access to a wireless network 1804 .
  • electrical component 1804 can at least initiate reselection for a UE portion (e.g., to handover an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB).
  • logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for transmitting an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB 1806 .
  • the request can be part of a network attachment procedure performed to re-attach to the wireless network through disparate donor eNB (and through disparate relay eNB, for example).
  • logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for transmitting a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs 1808 . This can additionally cause the downstream relay eNBs to similarly re-attach to the network and receive new identifiers from the disparate donor eNB.
  • the identifier request can relate to an explicit request for an identifier.
  • logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for notifying one or more downstream relay eNBs of the initiating reselection 1810 . This can cause the downstream relay eNBs to similarly request an identifier, as described, and notify its downstream relay eNBs of reselection.
  • logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for receiving a unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs 1812 . As described, this can be received once system 1800 has reselected to the disparate relay eNB. In this regard, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for updating a routing table to associate the unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs 1814 . Additionally, system 1800 can include a memory 1816 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1804 , 1806 , 1808 , 1810 , 1812 , and 1814 . While shown as being external to memory 1816 , it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1804 , 1806 , 1808 , 1810 , 1812 , and 1814 can exist within memory 1816 .
  • system 1900 that facilitates receiving identifier requests for relay eNBs performing reselection and updating routing tables to reflect a next downstream relay eNB for the relay eNBs.
  • system 1900 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc. It is to be appreciated that system 1900 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware).
  • System 1900 includes a logical grouping 1902 of electrical components that can act in conjunction.
  • logical grouping 1902 can include an electrical component for receiving an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB 1904 .
  • the identifier request can be part of a network attachment request, an explicit request for an identifier, a request for identifiers for downstream relay eNBs, and/or the like.
  • logical grouping 1902 can include an electrical component for obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB 1906 . As described, this can include receiving the identifier, generating the identifier, and/or the like. Moreover, logical grouping 1902 can include an electrical component for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table 1908 . Thus, identifiers can be assigned to relay eNBs reselecting to relay eNBs in a new cluster within which system 1900 operates.
  • system 1900 can include a memory 1910 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1904 , 1906 , and 1908 . While shown as being external to memory 1910 , it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1904 , 1906 , and 1908 can exist within memory 1910 .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but, in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
  • a processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration. Additionally, at least one processor may comprise one or more modules operable to perform one or more of the steps and/or actions described above.
  • a software module may reside in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium may be coupled to the processor, such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may be integral to the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may reside in an ASIC.
  • the ASIC may reside in a user terminal
  • the processor and the storage medium may reside as discrete components in a user terminal.
  • the steps and/or actions of a method or algorithm may reside as one or any combination or set of codes and/or instructions on a machine readable medium and/or computer readable medium, which may be incorporated into a computer program product.
  • the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
  • such computer-readable media can comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • any connection may be termed a computer-readable medium.
  • Disk and disc includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.

Abstract

Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate performing intra-cluster and inter-cluster reselection for relay eNBs. In intra-cluster reselection, a relay eNB can reselect a disparate relay eNB and indicate its identifier in a bearer list update message. The disparate relay eNB and upstream eNBs (including the donor eNB) can update routing tables based at least in part on the identifier. In addition, the relay eNB can provide identifiers of downstream relay eNBs to facilitate updating routing tables for those identifiers as well. In an inter-cluster reselection, relay eNBs can release connection to downstream relay eNBs and re-attach to a wireless network to receive an identifier from a new donor eNB in the new cluster. Alternatively, the relay eNB can request an identifier from the donor eNB during reselection, notify downstream relay eNBs of the reselection, and/or request identifiers for one or more downstream relay eNBs.

Description

    CLAIM OF PRIORITY UNDER 35 U.S.C. §119
  • The present Application for Patent claims priority to Provisional Application No. 61/108,287 entitled “CELL RELAY BASE STATION FOR LTE” filed Oct. 24, 2008, and assigned to the assignee hereof and hereby expressly incorporated by reference herein.
  • BACKGROUND
  • 1. Field
  • The following description relates generally to wireless communications, and more particularly to wireless network mobility procedures for cell relays and other devices.
  • 2. Background
  • Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content such as, for example, voice, data, and so on. Typical wireless communication systems may be multiple-access systems capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (e.g., bandwidth, transmit power, . . . ). Examples of such multiple-access systems may include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems, and the like. Additionally, the systems can conform to specifications such as third generation partnership project (3GPP), 3GPP long term evolution (LTE), ultra mobile broadband (UMB), and/or multi-carrier wireless specifications such as evolution data optimized (EV-DO), one or more revisions thereof, etc.
  • Generally, wireless multiple-access communication systems may simultaneously support communication for multiple mobile devices. Each mobile device may communicate with one or more access points (e.g., base stations) via transmissions on forward and reverse links. The forward link (or downlink) refers to the communication link from access points to mobile devices, and the reverse link (or uplink) refers to the communication link from mobile devices to access points. Further, communications between mobile devices and access points may be established via single-input single-output (SISO) systems, multiple-input single-output (MISO) systems, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems, and so forth. Access points, however, can be limited in geographic coverage area as well as resources such that mobile devices near edges of coverage and/or devices in areas of high traffic can experience degraded quality of communications from an access point.
  • Cell relays can be provided to expand network capacity and coverage area by facilitating communication between mobile devices and access points. For example, a cell relay can establish a backhaul link with a donor access point, which can provide access to a number of cell relays, and the cell relay can establish an access link with one or more mobile devices or additional cell relays. To mitigate modification to backend core network components, communication interfaces, such as S1-U, can terminate at the donor access point. Thus, the donor access point appears as a normal access point to backend network components. To this end, the donor access point can route packets from the backend network components to the cell relays for communicating to the mobile devices.
  • SUMMARY
  • The following presents a simplified summary of one or more aspects in order to provide a basic understanding of such aspects. This summary is not an extensive overview of all contemplated aspects, and is intended to neither identify key or critical elements of all aspects nor delineate the scope of any or all aspects. Its sole purpose is to present some concepts of one or more aspects in a simplified form as a prelude to the more detailed description that is presented later.
  • In accordance with one or more aspects and corresponding disclosure thereof, various aspects are described in connection with facilitating wireless network mobility for cell relays and/or devices communicating therewith. In particular, a cell relay can reselect to one or more disparate cell relays in a cluster provided by a donor node. In this example, the cell relay can perform handover to the one or more disparate cell relays using similar handover procedures as user equipment (UE), and upstream cell relays and/or donor nodes can update routing tables to associate the cell relay with the one or more disparate downstream cell relays. In another example, where the cell relay reselects to one or more disparate cell relays in a disparate cluster provided by a disparate donor node, the cell relay can additionally perform procedures for requesting/receiving a new identifier from the disparate donor node and/or one or more intermediary cell relays in the disparate cluster. Also in this example, however, downstream cell relays connected to the cell relay can request/receive a new identifier from the disparate donor node and/or intermediary cell relays. Similarly, upstream cell relays and donor node can update routing tables with the new identifiers assigned to the cell relay and its downstream cell relays where present.
  • According to related aspects, a method is provided that includes communicating with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network and establishing a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and relay eNB communicate with a same donor eNB to provide wireless network access. The method further includes transmitting a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier previously assigned by the donor eNB.
  • Another aspect relates to a wireless communications apparatus. The wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to communicate with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network and initiate reselection to a disparate relay eNB that communicates with a same donor eNB as the relay eNB. The at least one processor is further configured transmit a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier of the wireless communications apparatus assigned by the donor eNB. The wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • Yet another aspect relates to an apparatus. The apparatus includes means for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network. The apparatus also means for generating a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the apparatus and transmitting the bearer list update message during reselection.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to communicate with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network. The computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to establish a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and the relay eNB communicate with a same donor eNB to provide wireless network access and code for causing the at least one computer to transmit a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier previously assigned by the donor eNB.
  • Moreover, an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including a reselection initiating component that initializes reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network. The apparatus can further include an update message generating component that creates a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the apparatus and transmits the bearer list update message during reselection.
  • According to another aspect, a method is provided that includes receiving a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. The method also includes determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message and associating the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Another aspect relates to a wireless communications apparatus. The wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to obtain a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and discern an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message. The at least one processor is further configured to store the identifier of the relay eNB with a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table. The wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • Yet another aspect relates to an apparatus. The apparatus includes means for receiving a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and means for determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message. The apparatus also includes means for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to receive a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and code for causing the at least one computer to determine an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message. The computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Moreover, an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including an update message receiving component that obtains a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. The apparatus can further include a parameter parsing component that determines an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message and a routing table component that stores an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • In another aspect, a method is provided that includes communicating with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network and establishing a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and relay eNB communicate with disparate donor eNBs to provide wireless network access. The method also includes transmitting an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • Another aspect relates to a wireless communications apparatus. The wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to receive wireless network access from a relay eNB and initiate reselection to a disparate relay eNB that communicates with a disparate donor eNB than the relay eNB to provide wireless network access. The at least one processor is further configured to transmit an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assigning a unique identifier to the wireless communications apparatus by the disparate donor eNB. The wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • Yet another aspect relates to an apparatus. The apparatus includes means for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a disparate donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network than the relay eNB. The apparatus also includes means for transmitting an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to communicate with a relay eNB to receive access to a wireless network. The computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to establish a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB communicates with a disparate donor eNB to provide wireless network access than the relay eNB and code for causing the at least one computer to transmit an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • Moreover, an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including a reselection initiating component that initializes a reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a disparate donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network than the relay eNB. The apparatus can further include a requesting component that transmits an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
  • In additional aspects, a method is provided that includes receiving an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. The method also includes obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB and associating the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Another aspect relates to a wireless communications apparatus. The wireless communications apparatus can include at least one processor configured to receive an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. The at least one processor is further configured to obtain an identifier for the relay eNB and associate the identifier of the relay eNB in a routing table along with a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB. The wireless communications apparatus also comprises a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
  • Yet another aspect relates to an apparatus. The apparatus includes means for receiving an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and means for obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB. The apparatus also includes means for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Still another aspect relates to a computer program product, which can have a computer-readable medium including code for causing at least one computer to receive an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and code for causing the at least one computer to obtain an identifier for the relay eNB. The computer-readable medium can also comprise code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • Moreover, an additional aspect relates to an apparatus including an identifier request receiving component that obtains an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB and an identifier receiving component that obtains an identifier for the relay eNB. The apparatus can further include a routing table component that stores an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
  • To the accomplishment of the foregoing and related ends, the one or more aspects comprise the features hereinafter fully described and particularly pointed out in the claims. The following description and the annexed drawings set forth in detail certain illustrative features of the one or more aspects. These features are indicative, however, of but a few of the various ways in which the principles of various aspects may be employed and this description is intended to include all such aspects and their equivalents.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates providing relays for wireless networks.
  • FIG. 2 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates intra-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that provides a bearer list update message to reselect an intra-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates transmitting bearer list update messages and updating routing tables in intra-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that facilitates inter-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that reselects an inter-cluster relay eNB by requesting identifiers therefrom.
  • FIG. 7 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that reselects an inter-cluster relay eNB by requesting an identifier therefrom and notifies downstream nodes of the reselection.
  • FIG. 8 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that reselects an inter-cluster relay eNB by re-attaching to the wireless network.
  • FIG. 9 is an illustration of an example wireless communications system that utilizes cell relays to provide access to a wireless network.
  • FIG. 10 is an illustration of an example methodology that transmits a bearer list update message in reselecting to an intra-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 11 is an illustration of an example methodology that receives a bearer list update message during an intra-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 12 is an illustration of an example methodology that transmits an identifier request in reselecting to an inter-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 13 is an illustration of an example methodology that receives an identifier request during an inter-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 14 is an illustration of a wireless communication system in accordance with various aspects set forth herein.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustration of an example wireless network environment that can be employed in conjunction with the various systems and methods described herein.
  • FIG. 16 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates transmitting a bearer list update message in reselecting to an intra-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 17 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates receiving a bearer list update message during an intra-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • FIG. 18 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates transmitting an identifier request in reselecting to an inter-cluster relay eNB.
  • FIG. 19 is an illustration of an example system that facilitates receiving an identifier request during an inter-cluster relay eNB reselection.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Various aspects are now described with reference to the drawings. In the following description, for purposes of explanation, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of one or more aspects. It may be evident, however, that such aspect(s) may be practiced without these specific details.
  • As used in this application, the terms “component,” “module,” “system” and the like are intended to include a computer-related entity, such as but not limited to hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be a component. One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The components may communicate by way of local and/or remote processes such as in accordance with a signal having one or more data packets, such as data from one component interacting with another component in a local system, distributed system, and/or across a network such as the Internet with other systems by way of the signal.
  • Furthermore, various aspects are described herein in connection with a terminal, which can be a wired terminal or a wireless terminal A terminal can also be called a system, device, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile, mobile device, remote station, remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, terminal, communication device, user agent, user device, or user equipment (UE). A wireless terminal may be a cellular telephone, a satellite phone, a cordless telephone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device having wireless connection capability, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem. Moreover, various aspects are described herein in connection with a base station. A base station may be utilized for communicating with wireless terminal(s) and may also be referred to as an access point, a Node B, or some other terminology.
  • Moreover, the term “or” is intended to mean an inclusive “or” rather than an exclusive “or.” That is, unless specified otherwise, or clear from the context, the phrase “X employs A or B” is intended to mean any of the natural inclusive permutations. That is, the phrase “X employs A or B” is satisfied by any of the following instances: X employs A; X employs B; or X employs both A and B. In addition, the articles “a” and “an” as used in this application and the appended claims should generally be construed to mean “one or more” unless specified otherwise or clear from the context to be directed to a singular form.
  • The techniques described herein may be used for various wireless communication systems such as CDMA, TDMA, FDMA, OFDMA, SC-FDMA and other systems. The terms “system” and “network” are often used interchangeably. A CDMA system may implement a radio technology such as Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA), cdma2000, etc. UTRA includes Wideband-CDMA (W-CDMA) and other variants of CDMA. Further, cdma2000 covers IS-2000, IS-95 and IS-856 standards. A TDMA system may implement a radio technology such as Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM). An OFDMA system may implement a radio technology such as Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, etc. UTRA and E-UTRA are part of Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS). 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) is a release of UMTS that uses E-UTRA, which employs OFDMA on the downlink and SC-FDMA on the uplink. UTRA, E-UTRA, UMTS, LTE and GSM are described in documents from an organization named “3rd Generation Partnership Project” (3GPP). Additionally, cdma2000 and UMB are described in documents from an organization named “3rd Generation Partnership Project 2” (3GPP2). Further, such wireless communication systems may additionally include peer-to-peer (e.g., mobile-to-mobile) ad hoc network systems often using unpaired unlicensed spectrums, 802.xx wireless LAN, BLUETOOTH and any other short- or long-range, wireless communication techniques.
  • Various aspects or features will be presented in terms of systems that may include a number of devices, components, modules, and the like. It is to be understood and appreciated that the various systems may include additional devices, components, modules, etc. and/or may not include all of the devices, components, modules etc. discussed in connection with the figures. A combination of these approaches may also be used.
  • Referring to FIG. 1, a wireless communication system 100 is illustrated that facilitates providing relay functionality in wireless networks. System 100 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 104, with access to a core network 106. Similarly, relay eNB 104 can provide one or more disparate relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108, or UEs, such as UE 110, with access to the core network 106 via donor eNB 102. Donor eNB 102, which can also be referred to as a cluster eNB, can communicate with the core network 106 over a wired or wireless backhaul link, which can be an LTE or other technology backhaul link. In one example, the core network 106 can be a 3GPP LTE or similar technology network.
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally provide an access link for relay eNB 104, which can also be wired or wireless, LTE or other technologies, and the relay eNB 104 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 using a backhaul link over the access link of the donor eNB 102. Relay eNB 104 can similarly provide an access link for relay eNB 108 and/or UE 110, which can be a wired or wireless LTE or other technology link. In one example, donor eNB 102 can provide an LTE access link, to which relay eNB 104 can connect using an LTE backhaul, and relay eNB 104 can provide an LTE access link to relay eNB 108 and/or UE 110. Donor eNB 102 can connect to the core network 106 over a disparate backhaul link technology. Relay eNB 108 and/or UE 110 can connect to the relay eNB 104 using the LTE access link to receive access to core network 106, as described. A donor eNB and connected relay eNBs can be collectively referred to herein as a cluster.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 104 can connect to a donor eNB 102 at the link layer (e.g., media access control (MAC) layer) as would a UE in regular LTE configurations. In this regard, donor eNB 102 can be a regular LTE eNB requiring no changes at the link layer or related interface (e.g., E-UTRA-Uu) to support the relay eNB 104. In addition, relay eNB 104 can appear to UE 110 as a regular eNB at the link layer, such that no changes are required for UE 110 to connect to relay eNB 104 at the link layer, for example. In addition, relay eNB 104 can configure procedures for resource partitioning between access and backhaul link, interference management, idle mode cell selection for a cluster, and/or the like.
  • With respect to transport layer communications, transport protocols related to relay eNB 108 or UE 110 communications can terminate at the donor eNB 102, referred to as cell relay functionality, since the relay eNB 104 is like a cell of the donor eNB 102. For example, in a cell relay configuration, donor eNB 102 can receive communications for the relay eNB 104 from the core network 106, terminate the transport protocol, and forward the communications to the relay eNB 104 over a disparate transport layer keeping the application layer substantially intact. It is to be appreciated that the forwarding transport protocol type can be the same as the terminated transport protocol type, but is a different transport layer established with the relay eNB 104.
  • Relay eNB 104 can determine a relay eNB or UE related to the communications, and provide the communications to the relay eNB or UE (e.g., based on an identifier thereof within the communications). Similarly, donor eNB 102 can terminate the transport layer protocol for communications received from relay eNB 104, translate the communications to a disparate transport protocol, and transmit the communications over the disparate transport protocol to the core network 106 with the application layer intact for relay eNB 104 as a cell relay. In these examples, where relay eNB 104 is communicating with another relay eNB, the relay eNB 104 can support application protocol routing to ensure communications reach the correct relay eNB.
  • Moreover, application layer protocols can terminate at upstream eNBs. Thus, for example, application layer protocols for relay eNB 108 and UE 110 can terminate at relay eNB 104, and similarly for relay eNB 104 can terminate at donor eNB 102. The transport and application layer protocols, for example, can relate to S1-U, S1-MME, and/or X2 interfaces. S1-U interface can be utilized to communicate in a data plane between a node and a serving gateway (not shown) of the core network 106. S1-MME interface can be utilized for control plane communications between a node and a mobility management entity (MME) (not shown) of the core network 106. X2 interface can be utilized for communications between eNBs. In addition, for example, donor eNB 102 can communicate with other relay eNBs to allow communications therebetween over the access network (e.g., relay eNB 104 can communicate with one or more additional relay eNBs connected to donor eNB 102).
  • According to an example, relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108, can reselect various relay eNBs and/or donor eNBs (not shown) to retain connection to core network 106. For example, relay eNB 108 can reselect the various relay eNBs and/or donor eNBs as it travels throughout a core network 106 coverage area to facilitate seamless network access. In one example, relay eNB 108 can reselect intra-cluster, which can refer to reselecting to a disparate relay eNB in the cluster provided by donor eNB 102 (not shown) and/or donor eNB 102 itself. In this example, relay eNB 108 can perform reselection to the disparate relay eNB using a similar procedure as a UE communicating with core network 106 (e.g., UE 110), where core network 106 is a 3GPP LTE or similar evolved 3GPP network. In addition, however, relay eNB 108 can perform additional steps in the reselection to facilitate providing relevant information to one or more downstream or upstream nodes for the reselection.
  • For example, donor eNB 102 can assign an identifier (e.g., a tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID), etc.), or a portion thereof, to relay eNB 108 upon relay eNB 108 attaching to core network 106. Donor eNB 102 can additionally store the identifier, or portion thereof, in a routing table along with an identifier (e.g., a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), etc.) of a next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108, which can be relay eNB 104, in this example, to facilitate subsequent packet routing among the various eNBs. Similarly, relay eNB 104 can store the identifier, or portion, with an identifier of a next downstream relay eNB, which can be relay eNB 108 in this example. It is to be appreciated that other intermediary relay eNBs can exist in the communication path between relay eNB 108 and donor eNB 102, and the intermediary relay eNBs can similarly store an association between the identifier of relay eNB 108 assigned by donor eNB 102 and a radio identifier of the next downstream relay eNB.
  • In this regard, during intra-cluster reselection, relay eNB 108 can inform the target relay eNB (e.g., the relay eNB to which relay eNB 108 desires to connect) of the reselection by providing a bearer list update message and can include its identifier assigned by donor eNB 102 in the bearer list update message. The target relay eNB (not shown) can update its routing table with an entry associating the received identifier along with a radio identifier of relay eNB 108 and can transmit the bearer list update message to an upstream relay eNB in the communications path to donor eNB 102 or donor eNB 102, where no other relay eNBs are present in the communications path. Where an entry already exists for relay eNB 108 in its routing table, the target relay eNB can update the entry to reflect the appropriate downstream relay eNB radio identifier where it has changed. It is to be appreciated that intermediary relay eNBs can similarly store the identifier for relay eNB 108 with a radio identifier of a next downstream relay eNB from which the bearer list update message is received and forward the message to the next eNB in the communication path. Donor eNB 102, upon receiving the bearer list update message, can similarly update its routing table to modify the current entry for relay eNB 108 to reflect the appropriate next downstream relay eNB where it has changed.
  • In addition, where relay eNB 108 performs an inter-cluster reselection, which can refer to a reselection to a relay eNB or donor eNB in a disparate cluster (not shown), additional procedures can be performed as part of the reselection. For example, relay eNB 108 can require a new identifier for the new cluster, as can any downstream relay eNBs (not shown) connected to relay eNB 108 (e.g., directly or through one or more intermediary relay eNBs). Thus, in one example, relay eNB 108 can collect parameters regarding its downstream relay eNBs upon initiating a reselection procedure, and can transmit the parameters to core network 106. Core network 106 can initiate bearer setup procedures, and the target donor eNB (not shown) can assign an identifier, or portion, to the relay eNB 108, as well as the downstream relay eNBs under relay eNB 108.
  • The target donor eNB can store the identifier in a routing table along with a next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108 and can additionally transmit the various identifiers to the next downstream relay eNB. The next downstream relay eNB can store the various identifiers in its routing table along with a next downstream relay eNB identifier in the communication path to relay eNB 108, if present, and so on. Once the identifiers reach relay eNB 108, it can update the identifiers in its routing table to reflect the newly assigned identifiers and can forward the identifiers to the respective next downstream relay eNB in the respective communication paths. The next downstream relay eNBs can perform similar updating procedures.
  • In another example, as part of a procedure for inter-cluster reselection, relay eNB 108 can request an identifier from the target donor eNB during reselection without gathering information of the connected downstream relay eNBs. Upon performing reselection, relay eNB 108 can inform the connected downstream relay eNBs, which can similarly perform reselection procedures requesting new identifier from the target donor eNB. In yet another example, as part of a procedure for inter-cluster reselection, relay eNB 108 can release its radio connection with all connected downstream relay eNBs (and UEs if present). In this example, the previously connected downstream relay eNBs and UEs (and/or relay eNB 108) can perform network attachment procedures to re-attach to the network via target donor eNB receiving a new identifier therefrom.
  • Turning now to FIG. 2, a wireless communication system 200 is illustrated that facilitates intra-cluster cell relay reselection. System 200 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNBs 104 and 202, with access to a core network 106. Similarly, relay eNB 104 can provide one or more disparate relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108, with access to the core network 106 via donor eNB 102, and relay eNB 108 can similarly provide core network 106 access to relay eNBs 204 and 206. Donor eNB 102, which can also be referred to as a cluster eNB, can communicate with the core network 106 over a wired or wireless backhaul link, which can be an LTE or other technology backhaul link. In one example, the core network 106 can be a 3GPP LTE or similar technology network.
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally provide an access link for relay eNBs 104 and 202, which can also be wired or wireless, LTE or other technologies, as described. Similarly, relay eNBs 104 and 202 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 using a backhaul link over the access link of the donor eNB 102. Relay eNB 104 can similarly provide an access link for relay eNB 108, as described, which can be a wired or wireless LTE or other technology link. Relay eNB 108 can provide similar access links to relay eNBs 204 and 206. Donor eNB 102 can connect to the core network 106 over a disparate backhaul link technology.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 108 can initiate intra-cluster reselection to relay eNB 202, which communicates with the same donor eNB 102 as relay eNB 104. This can be based on a higher level of service provided by relay eNB 202, signal to noise ratio (SNR) over a certain threshold, and/or the like. Indeed, the reselection can be similar to and performed in similar cases as UE reselection in core network 106. In this regard, in one example, relay eNB 108 (and/or relay eNBs 104 and 202) can be mobile such that they travel throughout a core network 106 coverage area.
  • As described, relay eNB 108 can perform similar reselection procedures as a UE to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202. In addition, however, relay eNB 108 can perform specific steps to ensure proper packet routing to/from core network 106 through the various donor and relay nodes. In an example, relay eNB 108, upon initiating reselection to relay eNB 202, can transmit a bearer list update message to relay eNB 202 indicating bearer and/or identifier information for relay eNB 108, as well as relay eNBs 204 and 206 (and any relay eNBs under relay eNBs 204 and 206, for example). Relay eNB 202 can update its routing table by adding an entry for an identifier of relay eNB 108 in the bearer list update message (e.g., an identifier previously assigned by donor eNB 102 such as a TEID or portion thereof) along with a bearer identifier for relay eNB 108. Relay eNB 202 can additionally update its routing table adding entries for identifiers of relay eNBs 204 and 206 along with an association to the bearer identifier for relay eNB 108.
  • Relay eNB 202 can additionally forward the bearer list update message to donor eNB 102 (or one or more intermediary relay eNBs, where present). Donor eNB 102 can update its routing table by modifying its entry for relay eNB 108, which associates the assigned identifier for relay eNB 108 with a bearer identifier for relay eNB 104, to instead associate the assigned identifier with a bearer identifier for relay eNB 202. Likewise, donor eNB 102 can update its routing table to associate identifiers of relay eNBs 204 and 206 with relay eNB 202 (instead of relay eNB 104). Thus, upon receiving downlink packets from core network 106 comprising an identifier for relay eNB 108 or relay eNBs 204 or 206, donor eNB 102 can consult its routing table to determine to forward the packet to relay eNB 202 based on the associated bearer identifier. Relay eNB 202, upon receiving the packet, can consult its routing table and determine to forward the packet to relay eNB 108, and so on.
  • Referring now to FIG. 3, an example wireless communication system 300 that facilitates performing intra-cluster reselection for cell relays is illustrated. System 300 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNBs 104 and 202 with access to core network 106. Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102. Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108. In addition, it is to be appreciated that relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202, 204, and 206) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa) to provide similar functionality, in one example, for reselection. Moreover, donor eNB 102 can be a macrocell access point, femtocell access point, picocell access point, mobile base station, and/or the like. Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108, 202, 204, and 206) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNB 102 (and relay eNB 104) over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 102 comprises an update message receiving component 302 that obtains a bearer list update message from a downstream relay eNB, a parameter parsing component 304 that extracts one or more parameters regarding downstream relay eNBs from the bearer list update message, a routing table component 306 that stores identifiers of relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 102) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306.
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an update message receiving component 310 that obtains a bearer list update message from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the message to an upstream eNB, a parameter parsing component 312 that obtains one or more parameters regarding downstream relay eNBs from the bearer list update message, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 102) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314.
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, a downstream parameter gathering component 320 that obtains one or more parameters, such as evolved packet system (EPS) bearer identifiers, assigned identifiers, bearer quality of service (QoS) parameters, etc., of downstream relay eNBs, an update message generating component 322 that creates a bearer list update message comprising the downstream relay eNB parameters and/or parameters related to relay eNB 108, and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206, which can be based on an identifier in the packets and a routing table (not shown), as described with respect to donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 202.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 108 can communicate with donor eNB 102 via relay eNB 104. Thus, donor eNB 102 can have assigned an identifier, such as a TEID or other relay identifier, to relay eNB 108, and routing table component 306 can have stored an association between the assigned identifier and a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108, which is relay eNB 104. Reselection initiating component 318, as described, can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104. In this regard, reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202. In addition, as part of the reselection, downstream parameter gathering component 320 can obtain one or more parameters related to relay eNBs 204 and 206, such as bearer identifiers, QoS parameters, eNB global identifiers (EGI), identifiers assigned by donor eNB 102, etc. Update message generating component 322 can compose a bearer list update message that includes at least a portion of the parameters for relay eNBs 204 and 206 and transmit the bearer list update message to its upstream target eNB, which is relay eNB 202, in this example.
  • Update message receiving component 310 can obtain the bearer list update message, and parameter parsing component 312 can extract one or more parameters from the bearer list update message related to downstream relay eNBs. For example, parameter parsing component 312 can determine an identifier for each downstream relay eNB (e.g., relay eNB 108 and/or relay eNBs 202 and 204) assigned by donor eNB 102. Routing table component 314 can store an association between the assigned identifiers and a bearer identifier for relay eNB 108, which indicates the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the related relay eNB. Update message receiving component 310 can forward the bearer list update message to donor eNB 102.
  • Similarly, update message receiving component 302 can obtain the bearer list update message, and parameter parsing component 304 can extract one or more parameters from the bearer list update message related to the downstream relay eNBs. For example, parameter parsing component 304 can determine an identifier for each downstream relay eNB (e.g., relay eNB 108 and/or relay eNBs 202 and 204) assigned by donor eNB 102. Routing table component 306 can update stored associations for the assigned identifiers to associate to a bearer identifier of relay eNB 202 (e.g., instead of relay eNB 104), which indicates the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the related relay eNB. Update message receiving component 302 can additionally transmit an RRC connection reconfiguration message to relay eNB 104 in response to receiving the bearer list update message, and update message receiving component 310 can forward the RRC connection reconfiguration message to relay eNB 108. Reselection initiating component 318 can receive the RRC connection reconfiguration message and can modify a radio bearer. Reselection initiating component 318 can further transmit an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message to relay eNB 104, as described further below. It is to be appreciated other upstream intermediary relay eNBs in the communications path between relay eNB 202 and donor eNB 102 can similarly update routing table entries (where present), since the intermediary relay eNBs can have a stored association for the identifiers generated by donor eNB 102.
  • In this regard, routing table components 306 and 314 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202. Thus, upon receiving packets from core network 106 with the identifier of relay eNB 108, 204, or 206, packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306. As described, for relay eNBs 108, 204, and 206, the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202, and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet. Similarly, upon relay eNB 202 receiving the packet, packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108, as described, according to the new entry inserted during reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108. Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB using the same associations as it did before reselection (e.g., using a similar routing table, etc.).
  • Referring to FIG. 4, an example wireless communication system 400 that facilitates performing intra-cluster cell relay reselection is illustrated. System 400 includes a handover relay eNB 402 that communicates with a source relay eNB 404 for access to donor eNB 408. In addition, system 400 includes a target relay eNB 406 to which handover relay eNB 402 reselects, as depicted. As shown, a UE part of handover relay eNB 402 can perform S1 reselection 410 to target relay eNB 406. This can include, for example, handing over the S1 communication interface and related information to facilitate communicating with target relay eNB 406 using the interface. Source relay eNB 404 can perform a bearer resource release 412 to free communication resource previously utilized by handover relay eNB 402. In addition, source relay eNB 404 can transmit a bearer list update message 414 to donor eNB 408 indicating one or more communication resources donor eNB 408 can release in view the reselection procedure by handover relay eNB 402. Donor eNB 408 can release the resources 416. In one example, the bearer list update message can have a format similar to the following.
  • BearerListUpdate ::= SEQUENCE {
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
    criticalExtensions CHOICE {
    bearerListUpdate-r10 BearerListUpdate-r10-IEs,
    criticalExtensions SEQUENCE { }
    }
    }
    BearerListUpdate-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
    cenb-Identity ENB-Identity,
    enb-Identity ENB-Identity,
    enbList ::=  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1 .. noofeNBs)) of SEQUENCE{
    enb-Identity ENB-Identity,
    ueList ::=  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1 .. noofUEs)) of SEQUENCE{
    enb-UE-S1AP-Identity ENB-UE-S1AP-Identity,
    bearerList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1 .. noofSAEbearers)) of
    SEQUENCE{
    bearerToBeReleasedListItemIEs BearerListItemIEs
    OPTIONAL,
    bearerToBeAddedListItemIEs BearerListItemIEs
    OPTIONAL,
    ...
    }
    }
    }
    }

    where the BearerListltemlE can have a format similar to the following.
  • BearerListItemIEs ::=  SEQUENCE {
    sae-Bearer-Identity SAE-Bearer-Identity,
    sl-DL-TEID TEID,
    sae-BearerLevelQoSParametersSAE-BearerLevelQoSParameters
    OPTIONAL,
    ...
    }
  • As described, handover relay eNB 402 can transmit a bearer list update message 418 to target relay eNB 406, which can include parameters regarding handover relay eNB 402 and/or one or more downstream relay eNBs connected directly or indirectly thereto, such as EPS bearer identifiers, QoS parameters, assigned identifiers of the handover relay eNB and/or related downstream relay eNBs, etc. Target relay eNB 406 can perform admission control and routing table update 420. Admission control can refer to allocating resources according to various parameters regarding a related device. In addition, routing table update, as described, can include adding an entry for an assigned identifier of handover relay eNB 402 and/or downstream relay eNBs directly or indirectly connected thereto and a bearer identifier for handover relay eNB 402. Target relay eNB 406 can forward the bearer list update 422 to donor eNB 408. Donor eNB 408 can similarly perform admission control and routing table update 424. Routing table update for donor eNB 408, as described, can include updating entries stored for handover relay eNB 402 and/or the one or more downstream relay eNBs directly or indirectly connected thereto to associate with target relay eNB 406 instead of source relay eNB 404. In one example, donor eNB 102 can locate the entries according to the identifiers received in the bearer list update message (e.g., the identifiers can be those previously assigned by donor eNB 408, as described).
  • Donor eNB 408 can subsequently transmit a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration 426 to target relay eNB 406. For example, if there is no maximum number of data radio bearers limitation for donor eNB 408, it can establish a radio bearer that maps to an EPS bearer of target relay eNB 406 (e.g., received in the bearer list update message). If radio bearers are pre-established, for example, donor eNB 408 can map the EPS bearer to the appropriate radio bearer and send an RRC connection reconfiguration with QoS parameters (e.g., received in the bearer list update message). If radio bearers are not pre-established, the donor eNB 408 can send the RRC connection reconfiguration to the target relay eNB 406 to establish a radio bearer that maps to the EPS bearer. In either case, donor eNB 408 can additionally transmit a bearer list update complete message 428 to target relay eNB 406, and target relay eNB 406 can transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete 430 to donor eNB 408. In one example, the bearer list update complete message can have a format similar to the following.
  • BearerListUpdateComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
    criticalExtensions CHOICE {
    bearerListUpdateComplete-r10 BearerListUpdateComplete-r10-IEs,
    criticalExtensions SEQUENCE { }
    }
    }
    BearerListUpdateComplete-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
    cenb-Identity ENB-Identity,
    enb-Identity ENB-Identity,
    enbList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1 .. noofeNBs)) of SEQUENCE{
    enb-Identity ENB-Identity,
    ueList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1 .. noofUEs)) of SEQUENCE{
    enb-UE-S1AP-Identity ENB-UE-S1AP-Identity,
    bearerList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1 .. noofSAEbearers)) of
    SEQUENCE{
    bearerToBeReleasedListItemIEs BearerListItemIEs
    OPTIONAL,
    bearerToBeAddedListItemIEs BearerListItemIEs
    OPTIONAL,
    ...
    }
    }
    }
    }
  • In addition, target relay eNB 406 can transmit an RRC connection reconfiguration 432 to handover relay eNB 402 for changing the radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message. Similarly, if there is no maximum number of data radio bearers limitation for target relay eNB 406, it can establish a radio bearer that maps to an EPS bearer of handover relay eNB 402 (e.g., received in the bearer list update message). If radio bearers are pre-established, for example, target relay eNB 406 can map the EPS bearer to the appropriate radio bearer and send an RRC connection reconfiguration with QoS parameters (e.g., received in the bearer list update message). If radio bearers are not pre-established, the target relay eNB 406 can send the RRC connection reconfiguration to the handover relay eNB 402 to establish a radio bearer that maps to the EPS bearer. In either case, In either case, target relay eNB 406 can additionally transmit a bearer list update complete message 434 to handover relay eNB 402, and handover relay eNB 402 can transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete 436 to target eNB 406. Subsequently, donor eNB 408 can forward downlink data 438 to target relay eNB 406 based on the updated routing table, which can transmit the downlink data 440 to handover relay eNB 402 based on its updated routing table.
  • Turning now to FIG. 5, a wireless communication system 500 is illustrated that facilitates inter-cluster cell relay reselection. System 500 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 104, with access to a core network 106, and a donor eNB 502 that similarly provides one or more relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 202, with access to core network 106. Similarly, relay eNB 104 can provide one or more disparate relay eNBs, such as relay eNB 108, with access to the core network 106 via donor eNB 102, and relay eNB 108 can similarly provide core network 106 access to relay eNBs 204 and 206. Donor eNBs 102 and 502 can communicate with the core network 106 over a wired or wireless backhaul link, which can be an LTE or other technology backhaul link. In one example, the core network 106 can be a 3GPP LTE or similar technology network. Thus, donor eNBs 102 and 502 can provide separate clusters for accessing core network 106.
  • Donor eNB 102 can additionally provide an access link for relay eNB 104 (and donor eNB 502 for relay eNB 202), which can also be wired or wireless, LTE or other technologies, as described. Similarly, relay eNB 104 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 (and relay eNB 202 to donor eNB 502) using a backhaul link over the access link of the donor eNB. Relay eNB 104 can similarly provide an access link for relay eNB 108, as described, which can be a wired or wireless LTE or other technology link. Relay eNB 108 can provide similar access links to relay eNBs 204 and 206. Donor eNBs 102 and 502 can connect to the core network 106 over a disparate backhaul link technology.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 108 can initiate inter-cluster reselection to relay eNB 202, which is in a different cluster than relay eNB 104 (e.g., relay eNB 202 communicates with donor eNB 502 where relay eNB 104 communicates with donor eNB 102). Reselection, as described, can be based on a higher level of service provided by relay eNB 202, signal to noise ratio (SNR) over a certain threshold, and/or the like. Indeed, the reselection can be similar to and performed in similar cases as UE reselection in core network 106. In this regard, in one example, relay eNB 108 (and/or relay eNBs 104, 202, 204, 206) can be mobile such that they travel throughout a core network 106 coverage area.
  • As described, relay eNB 108 can perform similar reselection procedures as a UE to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202. In addition, however, relay eNB 108 can perform specific steps to ensure proper packet routing to/from core network 106 through the various donor and relay nodes in the new cluster. In an example, relay eNB 108, upon initiating reselection to relay eNB 202, can collect one or more parameters regarding downstream relay eNBs, such as relay eNBs 204 and 206, and/or downstream UEs (not shown). The one or more parameters can include, for example a number of relay eNBs, identifiers for the relay eNBs (such as EGIs assigned by core network 106), a number of UEs, UE bearer information, and/or the like. Relay eNB 108 can forward the parameters to relay eNB 202 (e.g., in a handover required message). Relay eNB 202 can forward the parameters to donor eNB 502, which can assign identifiers (e.g., TEID or other relay identifiers) to relay eNB 108 and/or the downstream relay eNBs (relay eNBs 204 and 206 in this example). Donor eNB 502 can store the assigned identifiers along with a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path, which is relay eNB 202.
  • Donor eNB 502 can transmit the assigned identifiers to relay eNB 202, which can similarly store the identifiers along with an association to the next downstream relay eNB in the communications path, which is relay eNB 108. Relay eNB 202 can transmit the assigned identifiers for downstream relay eNBs that are directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108 (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206) to relay eNB 108. Relay eNB 108 can store the assigned identifiers along with identifiers for the related next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to those relay eNBs, and so on. In addition, donor eNB 502 can provide the assigned identifiers to core network 106 (or one or more components thereof, such as a serving gateway (SGW) related to the relay eNBs), such that the core network 106 can include the assigned identifiers in communications for the respective relay eNBs. Also, in this example, bearer setup procedures can be initiated by relay eNB 108 for substantially all downstream relay eNBs and UEs directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108.
  • In another example, relay eNB 108, along with performing UE type reselection procedures, can request or otherwise acquire identifier assignment from donor eNB 502 and can setup its bearer (and/or bearers of its directly connected UEs) with donor eNB 502. Donor eNB 502 can assign an identifier and store it in a routing table, as described, with a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, relay eNB 202 in this case. Donor eNB 502 can provide the identifier assignment to relay eNB 202, which can similarly store the assigned identifier along with a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, relay eNB 108 in this example. Relay eNB 108 can inform its downstream relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206) of the reselection, and the downstream relay eNBs can similarly request identifier assignment from donor eNB 502 and establish bearers for itself and directly connected UE.
  • In yet another example, as part of reselecting to relay eNB 202 using UE style procedures, relay eNB 108 can send an RRC connection release to its underlying relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNB 204 and 206) and UEs to release established radio bearers. The underlying relay eNBs can similarly send RRC connection release to their underlying relay eNBs and UEs. Subsequently, relay eNB 108 and the relay eNBs and/or UEs previously connected (directly or indirectly) to relay eNB 108 can re-attach to donor eNB 502 to receive identifier assignments and establish routing tables, as described previously.
  • Referring now to FIG. 6, an example wireless communication system 600 that facilitates performing inter-cluster reselection for cell relays by assigning identifiers to various downstream relay eNBs at the target donor eNB is illustrated. System 600 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNB 104 with access to core network 106, and a donor eNB 502 that provides relay eNB 202 with access to core network 106. Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102. Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108. In addition, it is to be appreciated that relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202, 204, and 206) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa), in one example, to provide reselection functionality. Moreover, donor eNBs 102 and 502 can be macrocell access points, femtocell access points, picocell access points, mobile base stations, and/or the like. Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108, 202, 204, and 206) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNBs 102 and 502 over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 502 comprises an update message receiving component 602 that obtains a handover required or other message from a downstream relay eNB, an identifier assigning component 604 that generates an identifier for one or more relay eNBs indicated in the received message, a routing table component 306 that stores assigned identifiers of relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306.
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an update message receiving component 310 that obtains a handover required or other message from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the message to an upstream eNB, an identifier receiving component 606 that obtains an identifier for one or more downstream relay eNBs from an upstream relay eNB, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of the one or more relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 502) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the one or more relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314.
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, a downstream parameter gathering component 608 that obtains one or more parameters of downstream relay eNBs and/or UEs, an update message generating component 610 that creates a handover required or other message comprising the downstream relay eNB/UE parameters and/or parameters related to relay eNB 108, an identifier receiving component 612 that obtains one or more identifiers for downstream relay eNBs from donor eNB 502, a routing table component 614 that stores the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the downstream relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206 based on locating an identifier receive in the packets in the routing table component 614.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 108 can communicate with relay eNB 104 to receive access to core network 106 via donor eNB 102. As described, thus, relay eNB 108 can operate in a cluster provided by donor eNB 102 and can utilize a donor eNB 102 assigned identifier in transmitting and receiving communications in the cluster. Reselection initiating component 318, as described, can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104. In this regard, reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202. Before initiating reselection, downstream parameter gathering component 608 can obtain one or more parameters related to relay eNBs 204 and 206 or other devices, such as a number of downstream relay eNBs directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108, EGI of the relay eNBs, a number of UEs (not shown) directly or indirectly connected to relay eNB 108, bearer information for the UEs, and/or the like. Reselection initiating component 318 can perform at least a portion of a reselection procedure, and update message generating component 610 can create a handover required or similar message comprising the one or more parameters and transmit the message to relay eNB 202.
  • Update message receiving component 310 can obtain the message and forward the message to donor eNB 502. Update message receiving component 602 can similarly obtain the message and signal the core network 106 to initiate bearer setup procedure (e.g., for the UEs). Identifier assigning component 604 can determine the relay eNBs in the handover required or other message and can assign identifiers, such as TEID or other relay identifiers as described, to the relay eNBs. This can include assigning an identifier to relay eNB 108. Routing table component 306 can store associations between the assigned identifiers and a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNBs, which is relay eNB 202 in this example. Identifier assigning component 604 can transmit the assigned identifiers to relay eNB 202 (e.g., along with the respective received EGI).
  • Identifier receiving component 606 can obtain the assigned identifiers, and routing table component 314 can similarly store the assigned identifiers along with associations to a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108, in this example. Identifier receiving component 606 can forward the identifiers (and EGI, for example) to relay eNB 108. Identifier receiving component 612 can similarly receive the assigned identifiers. Routing table component 614 can update entries related to downstream relay eNBs based on the received assigned identifiers. For example, routing table component 614 can locate entries based on a corresponding received EGI and update the identifier with that corresponding to the EGI in the received identifiers. Identifier receiving component 612 can transmit the identifiers to related next downstream relay eNBs for similar routing table updating, for example. In addition, identifier assigning component 604 can provide the assigned identifiers to core network 106 (e.g., with EGI) allowing core network 106 to appropriately utilize the updated identifiers for the relay eNBs.
  • Thus, routing table components 306, 314, and 614 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202. In this regard, upon receiving packets from core network 106 with the identifier of relay eNB 108, 204, or 206, packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306. As described, for relay eNBs 108, 204, and 206, the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202, and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet. Similarly, upon relay eNB 202 receiving the packet, packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108, as described, according to the new entry received in reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108. Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB according to its routing table component 614 updated with the new assigned identifiers for the respective downstream relay eNBs.
  • Referring now to FIG. 7, an example wireless communication system 700 that facilitates performing inter-cluster reselection for cell relays by requesting identifier assignment and notifying downstream of the reselection is illustrated. System 700 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNB 104 with access to core network 106, and a donor eNB 502 that provides relay eNB 202 with access to core network 106. Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102. Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108. In addition, it is to be appreciated that relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202, 204, and 206) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa), in one example, to provide reselection functionality. Moreover, donor eNBs 102 and 502 can be macrocell access points, femtocell access points, picocell access points, mobile base stations, and/or the like. Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108, 202, 204, and 206) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNBs 102 and 502 over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 502 comprises an identifier request receiving component 702 that obtains a request for an identifier from a downstream relay eNB (e.g. performing reselection), an identifier assigning component 604 that generates an identifier for one or more relay eNBs indicated in the received message, a routing table component 306 that stores assigned identifiers of relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306.
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an identifier request receiving component 704 that obtains a request for an identifier from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the request to an upstream eNB, an identifier receiving component 606 that obtains an identifier for one or more downstream relay eNBs from an upstream relay eNB, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of the one or more relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 502) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the one or more relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314.
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, an identifier requesting component 706 that generates and transmits a request for an identifier to a relay eNB when reselecting to the relay eNB, an identifier receiving component 612 that obtains one or more identifiers for downstream relay eNBs from donor eNB 502, a bearer requesting component 708 that transmits a request to establish bearers for directly connected UEs to a donor eNB in a new cluster, a reselection notifying component 710 that provides downstream relay eNBs with a notification of reselection by relay eNB 108, a routing table component 614 that stores the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the downstream relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206 based on locating an identifier receive in the packets in the routing table component 614.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 108 can communicate with relay eNB 104 to receive access to core network 106 via donor eNB 102. As described, thus, relay eNB 108 can operate in a cluster provided by donor eNB 102 and can utilize a donor eNB 102 assigned identifier in transmitting and receiving communications in the cluster. Reselection initiating component 318, as described, can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104. In this regard, reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202. In addition, as part of the reselection, identifier requesting component 706 can generate a request for an identifier from donor eNB 502 and can transmit the request upstream to relay eNB 202.
  • Identifier request receiving component 704 can obtain the request and forward the request to donor eNB 502. Identifier request receiving component 702 can similarly obtain the request. Identifier assigning component 604 can generate an identifier, such as TEID or other relay identifier as described, for relay eNB 108. Routing table component 306 can store an association between the assigned identifier for relay eNB 108 and a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to relay eNB 108, which is relay eNB 202 in this example. Identifier assigning component 604 can transmit the assigned identifier to relay eNB 202, in one example.
  • Identifier receiving component 606 can obtain the assigned identifier, and routing table component 314 can similarly store the assigned identifier for relay eNB 108 along with an association to a bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108, in this example. Identifier receiving component 606 can forward the identifier to relay eNB 108. Identifier receiving component 612 can similarly receive the assigned identifier or notification of assignment. Moreover, bearer requesting component 708 can request bearer establishment in the new cluster for underlying UEs directly communicating with relay eNB 108. Relay eNB 202 can forward the request to donor eNB 502, which can communicate with core network 106 to establish the bearers. In addition, reselection notifying component 710 can transmit a notification of reselection to its downstream relay eNBs, relay eNBs 204 and 206 in this example. It is to be appreciated that reselection notifying component 710 can determine the downstream relay eNBs based at least in part on entries corresponding to the downstream relay eNBs in routing table component 614, in one example. For example, this can cause relay eNBs 204 and 206 to perform similar procedures as relay eNB 108 to facilitate reselection, such as requesting identifiers from donor eNB 502, requesting bearer establishment in the new cluster for their directly connected UEs, and notifying their downstream relay eNBs of the reselection.
  • In this example, identifier assigning component 604 can similarly assign an identifier to relay eNB 204 and/or 206 upon receiving the request, and routing table component 306 can store an association of the identifier to a bearer identifier of relay eNB 202, as described. Moreover, identifier receiving component 606 can similarly obtain the identifier, and routing table 314 can similarly store an association to relay eNB 108. In addition, identifier receiving component 606 can forward the identifier to relay eNB 108. Identifier receiving component 612 can obtain the identifier, and routing table component 614 can update its stored entry for relay eNB 204 and/or 206 to reflect the new identifier. Thus, routing table components 306, 314, and 614 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202.
  • In this regard, upon receiving packets from core network 106 with the identifier of relay eNB 108, 204, or 206, packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306. As described, for relay eNBs 108, 204, and 206, the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202, and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet. Similarly, upon relay eNB 202 receiving the packet, packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108, as described, according to the new entry received in reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108. Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB according to its routing table component 614 updated with the new assigned identifiers for the respective downstream relay eNBs.
  • Referring now to FIG. 8, an example wireless communication system 800 that facilitates performing inter-cluster reselection for cell relays by requesting re-attachment to the network at downstream relay eNBs as part of reselection is illustrated. System 800 includes a donor eNB 102 that provides relay eNB 104 with access to core network 106, and a donor eNB 502 that provides relay eNB 202 with access to core network 106. Additionally, as described, relay eNB 104 can provide relay eNB 108 with access to the core network 106 through the donor eNB 102. Moreover, for example, there can be multiple relay eNBs 104 between the donor eNB 102 and relay eNB 108. In addition, it is to be appreciated that relay eNB 108 (and relay eNBs 202, 204, and 206) can comprise the components of relay eNB 202 (and/or vice versa), in one example, to provide reselection functionality. Moreover, donor eNBs 102 and 502 can be macrocell access points, femtocell access points, picocell access points, mobile base stations, and/or the like. Relay eNBs 104 (and relay eNBs 108, 202, 204, and 206) can similarly be mobile or stationary relay nodes that communicate with donor eNBs 102 and 502 over a wireless or wired backhaul, as described.
  • Donor eNB 502 comprises an attachment request receiving component 802 that obtains a network attachment request from a downstream relay eNB, an identifier assigning component 604 that generates an identifier for one or more relay eNBs from which a network attachment request is received, a routing table component 306 that stores assigned identifiers of relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 308 that forwards packets received from core network 106 to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 306.
  • Relay eNB 202 comprises an attachment request receiving component 804 that obtains a network attachment request from a downstream relay eNB and forwards the request to an upstream eNB, an identifier receiving component 606 that obtains an identifier for one or more downstream relay eNBs from an upstream relay eNB, a routing table component 314 that stores identifiers of the one or more relay eNBs (which can be assigned by donor eNB 502) along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the one or more relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 316 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to next downstream relay eNBs based on matching an identifier in the packet to an identifier stored by the routing table component 314.
  • Relay eNB 108 includes a reselection initiating component 318 that can begin a procedure to reselect to a disparate relay eNB, a connection releasing component 806 that transmits a connection release message to its underlying relay eNBs and UEs to release resources and/or bearers established for the relay eNBs and UEs, an attachment requesting component 808 that transmits a request to attach to a wireless network under a target donor eNB during reselection, an identifier receiving component 612 that obtains one or more identifiers for downstream relay eNBs from the target donor eNB, a routing table component 614 that stores the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs along with bearer identifiers for next downstream relay eNBs in the communication path to the downstream relay eNBs, and a packet routing component 324 that forwards packets received from an upstream eNB to relay eNBs 204 and 206 based on locating an identifier receive in the packets in the routing table component 614.
  • According to an example, relay eNB 108 can communicate with relay eNB 104 to receive access to core network 106 via donor eNB 102. As described, thus, relay eNB 108 can operate in a cluster provided by donor eNB 102 and can utilize a donor eNB 102 assigned identifier in transmitting and receiving communications in the cluster. Reselection initiating component 318, as described, can initiate reselection to relay eNB 202 from relay eNB 104. In this regard, reselection initiating component 318 can perform UE type reselection procedures to handover S1 interface to relay eNB 202. Additionally, as part of reselection, connection releasing component 806 can transmit an RRC connection release (or similar connection release) message to its downstream relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206) and UEs (not shown) to release resources and/or bearers associated with the relay eNBs and UEs. This can cause the downstream relay eNBs (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206) to similarly release resources for their underlying relay eNBs and UEs.
  • Attachment requesting component 808 can transmit a network attachment request to donor eNB 502 to re-attach to the core network 106. Attachment request receiving component 804 can receive the request and forward it to donor eNB 502. In addition, attachment request receiving component 802 can obtain the attachment request. Similarly to an initial attachment procedure, identifier assigning component 604 can generate a donor eNB 502 unique identifier for relay eNB 108 to facilitate routing packets thereto. Routing table component 306 can store an association between the identifier and a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB, relay eNB 202 in this example. Identifier assigning component 604 can transmit the identifier to relay eNB 202. Similarly, identifier receiving component 606 can obtain the identifier, and routing table component 314 can store the identifier along with a bearer identifier for the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path, which is relay eNB 108 in this example.
  • Moreover, as described, downstream relay eNBs to relay eNB 108 (e.g., relay eNBs 204 and 206) can similarly re-attach to core network 106. The downstream relay eNBs can additionally receive an identifier from donor eNB 502 that is similarly stored in routing table components 306 and 314. Also, identifier receiving component 606 can transmit the identifier to relay eNB 108. Identifier receiving component 612 can similarly receive the identifier, and routing table 614 can store an association of the identifier to the appropriate next downstream relay eNB, and so on. Additionally, downstream UEs can also re-attach to core network 106 to establish bearers and communication resources previously released. Thus, routing table components 306, 314, and 614 can have updated associations as a result of the reselection to relay eNB 202.
  • In this regard, upon receiving packets from core network 106 with the identifier of relay eNB 108, 204, or 206, packet routing component 308 can determine the identifier in the packet and discern a next downstream relay eNB based on locating a stored association between the identifier in routing table component 306. As described, for relay eNBs 108, 204, and 206, the routing table entry can relate to relay eNB 202, and the packet routing component 308 can accordingly forward the packet. Similarly, upon relay eNB 202 receiving the packet, packet routing component 316 can consult routing table component 314 to determine the next downstream relay eNB, which is relay eNB 108, as described, according to the new entry received in reselection. Thus, packet routing component 316 can forward the packet to relay eNB 108. Once relay eNB 108 receives the packet, packet routing component 324 can forward the packet, if applicable, to the appropriate relay eNB according to its routing table component 614 updated with the new assigned identifiers for the respective downstream relay eNBs.
  • Now turning to FIG. 9, an example wireless communication network 900 that provides cell relay functionality is depicted. Network 900 includes a UE 110 that communicates with a relay eNB 104, as described, to receive access to a wireless network. Relay eNB 104 can communicate with a donor eNB 102 using a relay protocol to provide access to a wireless network, and as described, donor eNB 102 can communicate with an MME 902 and/or SGW 904 that relate to the relay eNB 104. SGW 904 can connect to or be coupled with a PGW 906, which provides network access to SGW 904 and/or additional SGWs. PGW 906 can communicate with a PCRF 908 to authenticate/authorize UE 110 to use the network, which can utilize an IMS 910 to provide addressing to the UE 110 and/or relay eNB 104.
  • According to an example, MME 902 and/or SGW 904 and PGW 906 can be related to donor eNB 102 serving substantially all relay eNBs in the cluster. Donor eNB 102 can also communicate with an SGW 916 and PGW 918 that relate to the UE 110, such that the PGW 918 can assign UE 110 a network address to facilitate tunneling communications thereto through the relay eNB 104, donor eNB 102, and SGW 916. Moreover, for example, SGW 916 can communicate with an MME 914 to facilitate control plane communications to and from the UE 110. It is to be appreciated that MME 902 and MME 914 can be the same MME, in one example. PGW 918 can similarly communicate with a PCRF 908 to authenticate/authorize UE 110, which can communicate with an IMS 910. In addition, PGW 918 can communicate directly with the IMS 910 and/or internet 912.
  • In an example, UE 110 can communicate with the relay eNB 104 over an E-UTRA-Uu interface, as described, and the relay eNB 104 can communicate with the donor eNB 102 using an E-UTRA-Uu interface or other interface using the relay protocol, as described herein. Donor eNB 102 communicates with the MME 902 using an S1-MME interface and the SGW 904 and PGW 906 over an S1-U interface, as depicted. In one example, as described, communications received from relay eNB 104 for MME 902 or SGW 904/PGW 906 can be over a relay protocol and can have an IP address of MME 902 or SGW 904/PGW 906 in the relay protocol header. Donor eNB 102 can appropriately route the packet according to the IP address and/or payload type of the relay protocol. In another example, packets from relay eNB 104 can comprised a previously assigned TEID or portion thereof. In addition, the transport layers used over the S1-MME and S1-U interfaces are terminated at the donor eNB 102, as described. In this regard, upon receiving communications for the relay eNB 104 from the MME 902 or SGW 904, donor eNB 102 can, for example, decouple the application layer from the transport layer by defining a new relay protocol packet, or other protocol layer packet, and transmitting the application layer communication to the relay eNB 104 in the new protocol packet (over the E-UTRA-Uu interface, in one example). Donor eNB 102 can transmit the packet to relay eNB 104 (and/or one or more disparate relay eNBs as described) based on a TEID in the packet or relay identifier in the header.
  • Upon transmitting control plane communications from the relay eNB 104 to the MME 902, donor eNB 102 can indicate an identifier of the relay eNB 104 (e.g., in an S1-AP message), and MME 902 can transmit the identifier in responding communications to the donor eNB 102. When transmitting data plane communications from relay eNB 104 to SGW 904, donor eNB 102 can insert an identifier for the relay eNB 104 (or UE 110 or one or more related bearers) in the TEID of a GTP-U header to identify the relay eNB 104 (or UE 110 or one or more related bearers). This can be an identifier generated for relay eNB 104 by donor eNB 102 such that donor eNB 102 can determine the relay eNB 104, or one or more downstream relay eNBs is to receive the translated packet, as described above. For example, this can be based at least in part on locating at least a portion of the identifier in a routing table at donor eNB 102. In addition, headers can be compressed, in one example, as described. As shown, MME 902 can communicate with SGW 904, and MME 914 to SGW 916, using an S11 interface. PGWs 906 and 918 can communicate with PCRF 908 over a Gx interface. Furthermore, PCRF 908 can communicate with IMS 910 using an Rx interface, and PGW 918 can communicate with IMS 910 and/or the internet 912 using an SGi interface.
  • Referring to FIGS. 10-13, methodologies relating to reselecting relay eNBs in cell relay configured wireless networks are illustrated. While, for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the methodologies are shown and described as a series of acts, it is to be understood and appreciated that the methodologies are not limited by the order of acts, as some acts may, in accordance with one or more aspects, occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other acts from that shown and described herein. For example, those skilled in the art will understand and appreciate that a methodology could alternatively be represented as a series of interrelated states or events, such as in a state diagram. Moreover, not all illustrated acts may be required to implement a methodology in accordance with one or more aspects.
  • Turning to FIG. 10, an example methodology 1000 that facilitates performing one or more steps in an intra-cluster reselection is illustrated. At 1002, a relay eNB can be communicated with to receive access to a wireless network. As described, the relay eNB can provide such access through a donor eNB (and/or one or more intermediary relay eNBs). At 1004, a connection with a disparate relay eNB can be established to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB. In this example, the disparate relay eNB can provide wireless network access through the same donor eNB (and thus be in the same cluster) as the relay eNB. In this regard, upstream relay eNBs can modify internal routing tables for routing packets through the disparate relay eNB instead of the relay eNB. To facilitate such updating, at 1006, a bearer list update message can be transmitted to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier assigned by a donor eNB. In addition, as described, the bearer list update message can also comprise identifiers of one or more downstream relay eNBs such that an upstream relay eNB can update or add routing table entries to forward packets according to the identifiers in the bearer list update message, as described previously.
  • Referring to FIG. 11, an example methodology 1100 is shown that facilitates updating routing tables upon intra-cluster reselection by a downstream relay eNB. At 1102, a bearer list update message can be received from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. As described, the bearer list update message can include an identifier of the relay eNB and/or identifiers of downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB. At 1104, an identifier of the relay eNB can be determined from the bearer list update message. At 1106, the identifier of the relay eNB can be associated to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB. As described, if an entry exists for the relay eNB, it can be updated; if no entry exists, an entry can be added. In addition, where other identifiers of downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB are present in the bearer list update message, associations for those identifiers can be similarly updated or added.
  • Referring to FIG. 12, an example methodology 1200 is shown that facilitates performing one or more steps in an inter-cluster reselection. At 1202, a relay eNB can be communicated with to receive access to a wireless network. As described, the relay eNB can provide such access through a donor eNB (and/or one or more intermediary relay eNBs). At 1204, a connection with a disparate relay eNB can be established to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB. In this example, the disparate relay eNB can provide wireless network access through a disparate donor eNB (and thus be in a different cluster) as the relay eNB. In this regard, an identifier can be assigned by the disparate donor eNB to facilitate routing within the new cluster. At 1206, an identifier request can be transmitted to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of an identifier by a donor eNB of the disparate relay eNB. In one example, this can be an explicit request, a request triggered by a network attachment procedure, and/or the like. In addition, the identifier request, in one example, can comprise identifiers for downstream relay eNBs to facilitate assigning identifiers to those nodes as well.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, an example methodology 1300 is shown that facilitates updating routing tables upon inter-cluster reselection by a downstream relay eNB. At 1302, an identifier request can be received from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB. As described, the identifier request can be an explicit request, a request triggered by a network attachment procedure, a request for assigning multiple identifiers (e.g., of downstream relay eNBs to the relay eNB), and/or the like. At 1304, an identifier can be obtained for the relay eNB. For example, the identifier can be received from an upstream relay eNB, generated for the relay eNB, and/or the like. At 1306, the identifier of the relay eNB can be associated to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB. As described, the association can be stored in a routing table. Moreover, as described, identifiers can be obtained for downstream relay eNBs to the relay eNB, for example, and similarly associated to the next downstream relay eNB in the routing table, for example.
  • It will be appreciated that, in accordance with one or more aspects described herein, inferences can be made regarding generating identifiers for downstream relay eNBs, updating routing tables according to the identifiers, and/or other aspects described herein. As used herein, the term to “infer” or “inference” refers generally to the process of reasoning about or inferring states of the system, environment, and/or user from a set of observations as captured via events and/or data. Inference can be employed to identify a specific context or action, or can generate a probability distribution over states, for example. The inference can be probabilistic—that is, the computation of a probability distribution over states of interest based on a consideration of data and events. Inference can also refer to techniques employed for composing higher-level events from a set of events and/or data. Such inference results in the construction of new events or actions from a set of observed events and/or stored event data, whether or not the events are correlated in close temporal proximity, and whether the events and data come from one or several event and data sources.
  • Referring now to FIG. 14, a wireless communication system 1400 is illustrated in accordance with various embodiments presented herein. System 1400 comprises a base station 1402 that can include multiple antenna groups. For example, one antenna group can include antennas 1404 and 1406, another group can comprise antennas 1408 and 1410, and an additional group can include antennas 1412 and 1414. Two antennas are illustrated for each antenna group; however, more or fewer antennas can be utilized for each group. Base station 1402 can additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, each of which can in turn comprise a plurality of components associated with signal transmission and reception (e.g., processors, modulators, multiplexers, demodulators, demultiplexers, antennas, etc.), as will be appreciated by one skilled in the art.
  • Base station 1402 can communicate with one or more mobile devices such as mobile device 1416 and mobile device 1422; however, it is to be appreciated that base station 1402 can communicate with substantially any number of mobile devices similar to mobile devices 1416 and 1422. Mobile devices 1416 and 1422 can be, for example, cellular phones, smart phones, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable device for communicating over wireless communication system 1400. As depicted, mobile device 1416 is in communication with antennas 1412 and 1414, where antennas 1412 and 1414 transmit information to mobile device 1416 over a forward link 1418 and receive information from mobile device 1416 over a reverse link 1420. Moreover, mobile device 1422 is in communication with antennas 1404 and 1406, where antennas 1404 and 1406 transmit information to mobile device 1422 over a forward link 1424 and receive information from mobile device 1422 over a reverse link 1426. In a frequency division duplex (FDD) system, forward link 1418 can utilize a different frequency band than that used by reverse link 1420, and forward link 1424 can employ a different frequency band than that employed by reverse link 1426, for example. Further, in a time division duplex (TDD) system, forward link 1418 and reverse link 1420 can utilize a common frequency band and forward link 1424 and reverse link 1426 can utilize a common frequency band.
  • Each group of antennas and/or the area in which they are designated to communicate can be referred to as a sector of base station 1402. For example, antenna groups can be designed to communicate to mobile devices in a sector of the areas covered by base station 1402. In communication over forward links 1418 and 1424, the transmitting antennas of base station 1402 can utilize beamforming to improve signal-to-noise ratio of forward links 1418 and 1424 for mobile devices 1416 and 1422. Also, while base station 1402 utilizes beamforming to transmit to mobile devices 1416 and 1422 scattered randomly through an associated coverage, mobile devices in neighboring cells can be subject to less interference as compared to a base station transmitting through a single antenna to all its mobile devices. Moreover, mobile devices 1416 and 1422 can communicate directly with one another using a peer-to-peer or ad hoc technology (not shown).
  • According to an example, system 1400 can be a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system. Further, system 1400 can utilize substantially any type of duplexing technique to divide communication channels (e.g., forward link, reverse link, . . . ) such as FDD, FDM, TDD, TDM, CDM, and the like. In addition, communication channels can be orthogonalized to allow simultaneous communication with multiple devices over the channels; in one example, OFDM can be utilized in this regard. Thus, the channels can be divided into portions of frequency over a period of time. In addition, frames can be defined as the portions of frequency over a collection of time periods; thus, for example, a frame can comprise a number of OFDM symbols. The base station 1402 can communicate to the mobile devices 1416 and 1422 over the channels, which can be create for various types of data. For example, channels can be created for communicating various types of general communication data, control data (e.g., quality information for other channels, acknowledgement indicators for data received over channels, interference information, reference signals, etc.), and/or the like.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example wireless communication system 1500. The wireless communication system 1500 depicts one base station 1510 and one mobile device 1550 for sake of brevity. However, it is to be appreciated that system 1500 can include more than one base station and/or more than one mobile device, wherein additional base stations and/or mobile devices can be substantially similar or different from example base station 1510 and mobile device 1550 described below. In addition, it is to be appreciated that base station 1510 and/or mobile device 1550 can employ the systems (FIGS. 1-9 and 14) and/or methods (FIGS. 10-13) described herein to facilitate wireless communication therebetween.
  • At base station 1510, traffic data for a number of data streams is provided from a data source 1512 to a transmit (TX) data processor 1514. According to an example, each data stream can be transmitted over a respective antenna. TX data processor 1514 formats, codes, and interleaves the traffic data stream based on a particular coding scheme selected for that data stream to provide coded data.
  • The coded data for each data stream can be multiplexed with pilot data using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) techniques. Additionally or alternatively, the pilot symbols can be frequency division multiplexed (FDM), time division multiplexed (TDM), or code division multiplexed (CDM). The pilot data is typically a known data pattern that is processed in a known manner and can be used at mobile device 1550 to estimate channel response. The multiplexed pilot and coded data for each data stream can be modulated (e.g., symbol mapped) based on a particular modulation scheme (e.g., binary phase-shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase-shift keying (QPSK), M-phase-shift keying (M-PSK), M-quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM), etc.) selected for that data stream to provide modulation symbols. The data rate, coding, and modulation for each data stream can be determined by instructions performed or provided by processor 1530.
  • The modulation symbols for the data streams can be provided to a TX MIMO processor 1520, which can further process the modulation symbols (e.g., for OFDM). TX MIMO processor 1520 then provides NT modulation symbol streams to NT transmitters (TMTR) 1522 a through 1522 t. In various aspects, TX MIMO processor 1520 applies beamforming weights to the symbols of the data streams and to the antenna from which the symbol is being transmitted.
  • Each transmitter 1522 receives and processes a respective symbol stream to provide one or more analog signals, and further conditions (e.g., amplifies, filters, and upconverts) the analog signals to provide a modulated signal suitable for transmission over the MIMO channel. Further, NT modulated signals from transmitters 1522 a through 1522 t are transmitted from NT antennas 1524 a through 1524 t, respectively.
  • At mobile device 1550, the transmitted modulated signals are received by NR antennas 1552 a through 1552 r and the received signal from each antenna 1552 is provided to a respective receiver (RCVR) 1554 a through 1554 r. Each receiver 1554 conditions (e.g., filters, amplifies, and downconverts) a respective signal, digitizes the conditioned signal to provide samples, and further processes the samples to provide a corresponding “received” symbol stream.
  • An RX data processor 1560 can receive and process the NR received symbol streams from NR receivers 1554 based on a particular receiver processing technique to provide NT “detected” symbol streams. RX data processor 1560 can demodulate, deinterleave, and decode each detected symbol stream to recover the traffic data for the data stream. The processing by RX data processor 1560 is complementary to that performed by TX MIMO processor 1520 and TX data processor 1514 at base station 1510.
  • A processor 1570 can periodically determine which precoding matrix to utilize as discussed above. Further, processor 1570 can formulate a reverse link message comprising a matrix index portion and a rank value portion.
  • The reverse link message can comprise various types of information regarding the communication link and/or the received data stream. The reverse link message can be processed by a TX data processor 1538, which also receives traffic data for a number of data streams from a data source 1536, modulated by a modulator 1580, conditioned by transmitters 1554 a through 1554 r, and transmitted back to base station 1510.
  • At base station 1510, the modulated signals from mobile device 1550 are received by antennas 1524, conditioned by receivers 1522, demodulated by a demodulator 1540, and processed by a RX data processor 1542 to extract the reverse link message transmitted by mobile device 1550. Further, processor 1530 can process the extracted message to determine which precoding matrix to use for determining the beamforming weights.
  • Processors 1530 and 1570 can direct (e.g., control, coordinate, manage, etc.) operation at base station 1510 and mobile device 1550, respectively. Respective processors 1530 and 1570 can be associated with memory 1532 and 1572 that store program codes and data. Processors 1530 and 1570 can also perform computations to derive frequency and impulse response estimates for the uplink and downlink, respectively.
  • It is to be understood that the aspects described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, or any combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, the processing units can be implemented within one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof.
  • When the aspects are implemented in software, firmware, middleware or microcode, program code or code segments, they can be stored in a machine-readable medium, such as a storage component. A code segment can represent a procedure, a function, a subprogram, a program, a routine, a subroutine, a module, a software package, a class, or any combination of instructions, data structures, or program statements. A code segment can be coupled to another code segment or a hardware circuit by passing and/or receiving information, data, arguments, parameters, or memory contents. Information, arguments, parameters, data, etc. can be passed, forwarded, or transmitted using any suitable means including memory sharing, message passing, token passing, network transmission, etc.
  • For a software implementation, the techniques described herein can be implemented with modules (e.g., procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein. The software codes can be stored in memory units and executed by processors. The memory unit can be implemented within the processor or external to the processor, in which case it can be communicatively coupled to the processor via various means as is known in the art.
  • With reference to FIG. 16, illustrated is a system 1600 that facilitates performing an intra-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB. For example, system 1600 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc. It is to be appreciated that system 1600 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware). System 1600 includes a logical grouping 1602 of electrical components that can act in conjunction. For instance, logical grouping 1602 can include an electrical component for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network 1604. For example, as described, electrical component 1604 can at least initiate reselection for a UE portion (e.g., to handover an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB).
  • Additionally, logical grouping 1602 can include an electrical component for generating a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the system 1600 and transmitting the bearer list update message during reselection 1606. Thus, the identifier can be transmitted to upstream relay eNBs to facilitate routing table updating so packets can be forwarded to the disparate relay eNB following reselection. Moreover, logical grouping 1602 can include an electrical component for determining one or more identifiers relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs 1608. In this regard, electrical component 1606 can also transmit the identifiers of the downstream relay eNBs in the bearer list update message to facilitate routing table updating for those identifiers as well. Additionally, system 1600 can include a memory 1610 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1604, 1606, and 1608. While shown as being external to memory 1610, it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1604, 1606, and 1608 can exist within memory 1610.
  • With reference to FIG. 17, illustrated is a system 1700 that facilitates receiving identifiers of relay eNBs performing reselection and updating routing tables to reflect a new communications path to the relay eNBs. For example, system 1700 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc. It is to be appreciated that system 1700 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware). System 1700 includes a logical grouping 1702 of electrical components that can act in conjunction. For instance, logical grouping 1702 can include an electrical component for receiving a bearer list update message from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB 1704. As described, the bearer list update message can comprise an identifier of the relay eNB and/or one or more disparate relay eNBs downstream to the relay eNB.
  • Additionally, logical grouping 1702 can include an electrical component for determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message 1706. Moreover, logical grouping 1702 can include an electrical component for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table 1708. As described, storing the association can include adding a new association or updating a previous association. Additionally, system 1700 can include a memory 1710 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1704, 1706, and 1708. While shown as being external to memory 1710, it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1704, 1706, and 1708 can exist within memory 1710.
  • With reference to FIG. 18, illustrated is a system 1800 that facilitates performing an inter-cluster reselection to a disparate relay eNB. For example, system 1800 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc. It is to be appreciated that system 1800 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware). System 1800 includes a logical grouping 1802 of electrical components that can act in conjunction. For instance, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for initiating reselection from a relay eNB to a disparate relay eNB that utilize disparate donor eNBs to provide access to a wireless network 1804. For example, as described, electrical component 1804 can at least initiate reselection for a UE portion (e.g., to handover an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB).
  • Additionally, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for transmitting an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB 1806. As described, the request can be part of a network attachment procedure performed to re-attach to the wireless network through disparate donor eNB (and through disparate relay eNB, for example). In this example, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for transmitting a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs 1808. This can additionally cause the downstream relay eNBs to similarly re-attach to the network and receive new identifiers from the disparate donor eNB. In another example, the identifier request can relate to an explicit request for an identifier. In this example, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for notifying one or more downstream relay eNBs of the initiating reselection 1810. This can cause the downstream relay eNBs to similarly request an identifier, as described, and notify its downstream relay eNBs of reselection.
  • Furthermore, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for receiving a unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs 1812. As described, this can be received once system 1800 has reselected to the disparate relay eNB. In this regard, logical grouping 1802 can include an electrical component for updating a routing table to associate the unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs 1814. Additionally, system 1800 can include a memory 1816 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1804, 1806, 1808, 1810, 1812, and 1814. While shown as being external to memory 1816, it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1804, 1806, 1808, 1810, 1812, and 1814 can exist within memory 1816.
  • With reference to FIG. 19, illustrated is a system 1900 that facilitates receiving identifier requests for relay eNBs performing reselection and updating routing tables to reflect a next downstream relay eNB for the relay eNBs. For example, system 1900 can reside at least partially within a base station, mobile device, etc. It is to be appreciated that system 1900 is represented as including functional blocks, which can be functional blocks that represent functions implemented by a processor, software, or combination thereof (e.g., firmware). System 1900 includes a logical grouping 1902 of electrical components that can act in conjunction. For instance, logical grouping 1902 can include an electrical component for receiving an identifier request from a relay eNB during reselection for the relay eNB 1904. As described, the identifier request can be part of a network attachment request, an explicit request for an identifier, a request for identifiers for downstream relay eNBs, and/or the like.
  • Additionally, logical grouping 1902 can include an electrical component for obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB 1906. As described, this can include receiving the identifier, generating the identifier, and/or the like. Moreover, logical grouping 1902 can include an electrical component for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table 1908. Thus, identifiers can be assigned to relay eNBs reselecting to relay eNBs in a new cluster within which system 1900 operates. Additionally, system 1900 can include a memory 1910 that retains instructions for executing functions associated with electrical components 1904, 1906, and 1908. While shown as being external to memory 1910, it is to be understood that one or more of electrical components 1904, 1906, and 1908 can exist within memory 1910.
  • The various illustrative logics, logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein may be implemented or performed with a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but, in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration. Additionally, at least one processor may comprise one or more modules operable to perform one or more of the steps and/or actions described above.
  • Further, the steps and/or actions of a method or algorithm described in connection with the aspects disclosed herein may be embodied directly in hardware, in a software module executed by a processor, or in a combination of the two. A software module may reside in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium may be coupled to the processor, such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. In the alternative, the storage medium may be integral to the processor. Further, in some aspects, the processor and the storage medium may reside in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC may reside in a user terminal In the alternative, the processor and the storage medium may reside as discrete components in a user terminal. Additionally, in some aspects, the steps and/or actions of a method or algorithm may reside as one or any combination or set of codes and/or instructions on a machine readable medium and/or computer readable medium, which may be incorporated into a computer program product.
  • In one or more aspects, the functions described may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions may be stored or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. By way of example, and not limitation, such computer-readable media can comprise RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. Also, any connection may be termed a computer-readable medium. For example, if software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, then the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of medium. Disk and disc, as used herein, includes compact disc (CD), laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc (DVD), floppy disk and blu-ray disc where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs usually reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of computer-readable media.
  • While the foregoing disclosure discusses illustrative aspects and/or embodiments, it should be noted that various changes and modifications could be made herein without departing from the scope of the described aspects and/or embodiments as defined by the appended claims. Furthermore, although elements of the described aspects and/or embodiments may be described or claimed in the singular, the plural is contemplated unless limitation to the singular is explicitly stated. Additionally, all or a portion of any aspect and/or embodiment may be utilized with all or a portion of any other aspect and/or embodiment, unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, to the extent that the term “includes” is used in either the detailed description or the claims, such term is intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term “comprising” as “comprising” is interpreted when employed as a transitional word in a claim. Furthermore, although elements of the described aspects and/or aspects may be described or claimed in the singular, the plural is contemplated unless limitation to the singular is explicitly stated. Additionally, all or a portion of any aspect and/or embodiment may be utilized with all or a portion of any other aspect and/or embodiment, unless stated otherwise.

Claims (107)

1. A method, comprising:
communicating with a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to receive access to a wireless network;
establishing a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and the relay eNB communicate with a same donor eNB to provide wireless network access; and
transmitting a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier previously assigned by the donor eNB.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising determining one or more identifiers relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs, wherein the bearer list update message further comprises the one or more identifiers of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the establishing the connection with the disparate relay eNB includes handing over an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB.
4. The method of claim 1, further comprising receiving a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message from the relay eNB.
5. A wireless communications apparatus, comprising:
at least one processor configured to:
communicate with a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to receive access to a wireless network;
initiate reselection to a disparate relay eNB that communicates with a same donor eNB as the relay eNB; and
transmit a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier of the wireless communications apparatus assigned by the donor eNB; and
a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
6. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 5, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to determine one or more identifiers related to one or more downstream relay eNBs, and the bearer list update message includes the one or more identifiers.
7. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 5, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to handover an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB as part of initiating reselection.
8. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 5, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to receive a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message from the relay eNB.
9. An apparatus, comprising:
means for initiating reselection from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network; and
means for generating a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the apparatus and transmitting the bearer list update message during reselection.
10. The apparatus of claim 9, further comprising means for determining one or more identifiers relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs, wherein the means for generating the bearer list update message includes the one or more identifiers of the one or more downstream relay eNBs in the bearer list update message.
11. The apparatus of claim 9, wherein the means for initiating reselection hands over an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB.
12. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 5, wherein the means for initiating reselection receives a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message from the relay eNB.
13. A computer program product, comprising:
a computer-readable medium comprising:
code for causing at least one computer to communicate with a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to receive access to a wireless network;
code for causing the at least one computer to establish a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB and the relay eNB communicate with a same donor eNB to provide wireless network access; and
code for causing the at least one computer to transmit a bearer list update message to the disparate relay eNB comprising an identifier previously assigned by the donor eNB.
14. The computer program product of claim 13, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to determine one or more identifiers relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs, wherein the bearer list update message further comprises the one or more identifiers of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
15. The computer program product of claim 13, wherein the code for causing the at least one computer to establish the connection with the disparate relay eNB hands over an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB.
16. The computer program product of claim 13, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to receive a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message from the relay eNB.
17. An apparatus, comprising:
a reselection initiating component that initializes reselection from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a same donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network; and
an update message generating component that creates a bearer list update message comprising an identifier of the apparatus and transmits the bearer list update message during reselection.
18. The apparatus of claim 17, further comprising a downstream parameter gathering component that determines one or more identifiers relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs, wherein the update message generating component includes the one or more identifiers of the one or more downstream relay eNBs in the bearer list update message.
19. The apparatus of claim 17, wherein the reselection initiating component hands over an S1 interface connection to the disparate relay eNB.
20. The apparatus of claim 17, wherein the reselection initiating component receives a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration message from the relay eNB.
21. A method, comprising:
receiving a bearer list update message from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message; and
associating the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
22. The method of claim 21, wherein the associating the identifier includes updating an existing association in the routing table corresponding to the identifier of the relay eNB.
23. The method of claim 21, wherein the associating the identifier includes adding an association corresponding to the identifier of the relay eNB and the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB to the routing table.
24. The method of claim 21, further comprising determining one or more identifiers of downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
25. The method of claim 24, further comprising associating the one or more identifiers of downstream relay eNBs with the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the routing table.
26. The method of claim 21, further comprising transmitting a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration messaging to the relay eNB for changing a radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message.
27. A wireless communications apparatus, comprising:
at least one processor configured to:
obtain a bearer list update message from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
discern an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message; and
store the identifier of the relay eNB with a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table; and
a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
28. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 27, wherein the at least one processor stores the identifier at least in part by updating an existing associating in the routing table corresponding to the identifier of the relay eNB.
29. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 27, wherein the at least one processor stores the identifier as a new identifier associated with the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the routing table.
30. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 27, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to determine one or more identifiers of downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
31. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 30, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to store an association between the one or more identifiers of downstream relay eNBs with the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the routing table.
32. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 27, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to transmit a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration messaging to the relay eNB for changing a radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message.
33. An apparatus, comprising:
means for receiving a bearer list update message from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
means for determining an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message; and
means for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
34. The apparatus of claim 33, wherein the means for storing the association updates an existing association related to the identifier of the relay eNB.
35. The apparatus of claim 33, wherein the means for storing the association creates a new association in the routing table for the identifier of the relay eNB.
36. The apparatus of claim 33, wherein the means for determining the identifier of the relay eNB further determines one or more identifiers of one or more downstream relay eNBs to the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
37. The apparatus of claim 36, wherein the means for storing the association stores a disparate association between the one or more identifiers of the one or more downstream relay eNBs in the routing table with the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB.
38. The apparatus of claim 33, wherein the means for receiving the bearer list update message transmits a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration messaging to the relay eNB for changing a radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message.
39. A computer program product, comprising:
a computer-readable medium comprising:
code for causing at least one computer to receive a bearer list update message from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
code for causing the at least one computer to determine an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message; and
code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
40. The computer program product of claim 39, wherein the code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB updates an existing association in the routing table corresponding to the identifier of the relay eNB.
41. The computer program product of claim 39, wherein the code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB adds an association corresponding to the identifier of the relay eNB and the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB to the routing table.
42. The computer program product of claim 39, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to determine one or more identifiers of downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
43. The computer program product of claim 42, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to associate the one or more identifiers of downstream relay eNBs with the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the routing table.
44. The computer program product of claim 39, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to transmit a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration messaging to the relay eNB for changing a radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message.
45. An apparatus, comprising:
an update message receiving component that obtains a bearer list update message from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
a parameter parsing component that determines an identifier of the relay eNB from the bearer list update message; and
a routing table component that stores an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
46. The apparatus of claim 45, wherein the routing table component updates an existing association related to the identifier of the relay eNB.
47. The apparatus of claim 45, wherein the routing table component creates a new association in the routing table for the identifier of the relay eNB.
48. The apparatus of claim 45, wherein the parameter parsing component further determines one or more identifiers of one or more downstream relay eNBs to the relay eNB from the bearer list update message.
49. The apparatus of claim 48, wherein the routing table component stores a disparate association between the one or more identifiers of the one or more downstream relay eNBs in the routing table with the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB.
50. The apparatus of claim 45, wherein the update message receiving component transmits a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration messaging to the relay eNB for changing a radio bearer configuration in response to receiving the bearer list update message.
51. A method, comprising:
communicating with a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to receive access to a wireless network;
establishing a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB communicates with a disparate donor eNB to provide wireless network access than the relay eNB; and
transmitting an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
52. The method of claim 51, further comprising transmitting a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs to release resources and radio bearers related thereto.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the transmitting the identifier request includes transmitting a network attachment request.
54. The method of claim 53, further comprising receiving the unique identifier from the disparate donor eNB.
55. The method of claim 51, further comprising notifying one or more downstream relay eNBs of reselecting to the disparate relay eNB.
56. The method of claim 55, further comprising:
receiving a disparate unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs; and
updating a routing table to associate the disparate unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
57. The method of claim 55, further comprising transmitting a request for one or more bearers for one or more downstream user equipments (UE) to the disparate relay eNB.
58. The method of claim 51, further comprising receiving parameters relating to one or more downstream relay eNBs, wherein the identifier request includes at least a portion of the parameters.
59. The method of claim 58, further comprising:
receiving the unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs; and
updating a routing table to associate the unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
60. The method of claim 58, further comprising receiving an eNB global identifier (EGI) for the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs, wherein the parameters include the EGI for the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs, and the updating a routing table includes locating an existing association of at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs to a next downstream relay eNB based at least in part on the EGI.
61. A wireless communications apparatus, comprising:
at least one processor configured to:
receive wireless network access from a relay evolved Node B (eNB);
initiate reselection to a disparate relay eNB that communicates with a disparate donor eNB than the relay eNB to provide wireless network access; and
transmit an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assigning a unique identifier to the wireless communications apparatus by the disparate donor eNB; and
a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
62. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 61, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to transmit a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs and/or user equipments (UE).
63. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 62, wherein the identifier request is a network attachment request.
64. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 63, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to receive the unique identifier from the disparate donor eNB.
65. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 61, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to notify one or more downstream relay eNBs of initiating reselection.
66. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 65, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to:
receive a disparate unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs; and
update a routing table to associate the disparate unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
67. An apparatus, comprising:
means for initiating reselection from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a disparate donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network than the relay eNB; and
means for transmitting an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
68. The apparatus of claim 67, further comprising means for transmitting a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs.
69. The apparatus of claim 68, wherein the means for transmitting the identifier request transmits a network attachment request to the disparate donor eNB.
70. The apparatus of claim 67, further comprising means for notifying one or more downstream relay eNBs of the initiating reselection.
71. The apparatus of claim 70, further comprising:
means for receiving a disparate unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs; and
means for updating a routing table to associate the disparate unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
72. A computer program product, comprising:
a computer-readable medium comprising:
code for causing at least one computer to communicate with a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to receive access to a wireless network;
code for causing the at least one computer to establish a connection with a disparate relay eNB to facilitate reselecting the disparate relay eNB where the disparate relay eNB communicates with a disparate donor eNB to provide wireless network access than the relay eNB; and
code for causing the at least one computer to transmit an identifier request to the disparate relay eNB to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
73. The computer program product of claim 72, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to transmit a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs to release resources and radio bearers related thereto.
74. The computer program product of claim 73, wherein the code for causing the at least one computer to transmit the identifier request transmits a network attachment request.
75. The computer program product of claim 72, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to notify one or more downstream relay eNBs of reselecting to the disparate relay eNB.
76. The computer program product of claim 75, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises:
code for causing the at least one computer to receive a disparate unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs; and
code for causing the at least one computer to update a routing table to associate the disparate unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
77. An apparatus, comprising:
a reselection initiating component that initializes a reselection from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) to a disparate relay eNB that utilizes a disparate donor eNB to provide access to a wireless network than the relay eNB; and
a requesting component that transmits an identifier request to facilitate assignment of a unique identifier at the disparate donor eNB.
78. The apparatus of claim 77, further comprising a connection releasing component that transmits a connection release message to one or more downstream relay eNBs.
79. The apparatus of claim 78, wherein the requesting component is an attachment requesting component that transmits a network attachment request to the disparate donor eNB.
80. The apparatus of claim 77, further comprising a reselection notifying component that provides a notification to one or more downstream relay eNBs of the reselection.
81. The apparatus of claim 80, further comprising:
an identifier receiving component that obtains a disparate unique identifier from the disparate relay eNB relating to at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs; and
a routing table component that updates a routing table to associate the disparate unique identifier with a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the at least one of the one or more downstream relay eNBs.
82. A method, comprising:
receiving an identifier request from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB; and
associating the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
83. The method of claim 82, wherein the obtaining the identifier for the relay eNB includes generating the identifier for the relay eNB.
84. The method of claim 82, wherein the identifier request is part of a request for network attachment.
85. The method of claim 82, further comprising:
obtaining a disparate identifier for at least one downstream relay eNB of the relay eNB; and
associating the disparate identifier to the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNB in the routing table.
86. The method of claim 85, wherein the identifier request comprises one or more eNB global identifiers (EGI) related to the at least one downstream relay eNB of the relay eNB.
87. The method of claim 85, further comprising transmitting the disparate identifier to the relay eNB.
88. A wireless communications apparatus, comprising:
at least one processor configured to:
receive an identifier request from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
obtain an identifier for the relay eNB; and
associate the identifier of the relay eNB in a routing table along with a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB; and
a memory coupled to the at least one processor.
89. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 88, wherein the at least one processor generates the identifier for the relay eNB.
90. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 88, wherein the identifier request is part of a network attachment request.
91. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 88, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to:
obtain a disparate identifier for at least one or more downstream relay eNBs of the relay eNB; and
associate the disparate identifier to the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNB in the routing table.
92. The wireless communications apparatus of claim 91, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to transmit the disparate identifier to the relay eNB.
93. An apparatus, comprising:
means for receiving an identifier request from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
means for obtaining an identifier for the relay eNB; and
means for storing an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
94. The apparatus of claim 93, wherein the means for obtaining the identifier for the relay eNB generates the identifier for the relay eNB.
95. The apparatus of claim 93, wherein the identifier request is part of a network attachment request.
96. The apparatus of claim 93, wherein the means for obtaining the identifier receives a disparate identifier for at least one downstream relay eNB, and the means for storing the association stores a disparate association between the disparate identifier and the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNB in the routing table.
97. The apparatus of claim 96, wherein the means for obtaining the identifier transmits the disparate identifier to the relay eNB.
98. A computer program product, comprising:
a computer-readable medium comprising:
code for causing at least one computer to receive an identifier request from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
code for causing the at least one computer to obtain an identifier for the relay eNB; and
code for causing the at least one computer to associate the identifier of the relay eNB to a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
99. The computer program product of claim 98, wherein the code for causing the at least one computer to obtain the identifier for the relay eNB generates the identifier for the relay eNB.
100. The computer program product of claim 98, wherein the identifier request is part of a request for network attachment.
101. The computer program product of claim 98, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises:
code for causing the at least one computer to obtain a disparate identifier for at least one downstream relay eNB of the relay eNB; and
code for causing the at least one computer to associate the disparate identifier to the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNB in the routing table.
102. The computer program product of claim 101, wherein the computer-readable medium further comprises code for causing the at least one computer to transmit the disparate identifier to the relay eNB.
103. An apparatus, comprising:
an identifier request receiving component that obtains an identifier request from a relay evolved Node B (eNB) during reselection for the relay eNB;
an identifier receiving component that obtains an identifier for the relay eNB; and
a routing table component that stores an association between the identifier of the relay eNB and a bearer identifier of a next downstream relay eNB in a communication path to the relay eNB in a routing table.
104. The apparatus of claim 103, wherein the identifier receiving component is an identifier assigning component that generates the identifier for the relay eNB.
105. The apparatus of claim 103, wherein the identifier request is part of a network attachment request, and the identifier request receiving component is an attachment request receiving component.
106. The apparatus of claim 103, wherein the identifier receiving component obtains a disparate identifier for at least one downstream relay eNB, and the routing table component stores a disparate association between the disparate identifier and the bearer identifier of the next downstream relay eNB in the communication path to the relay eNB in the routing table.
107. The apparatus of claim 106, wherein the identifier receiving component transmits the disparate identifier to the relay eNB.
US12/604,210 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay mobility procedures Abandoned US20100103845A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/604,210 US20100103845A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay mobility procedures
TW098136021A TW201032545A (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-23 Cell relay mobility procedures
PCT/US2009/061943 WO2010048574A2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-23 Cell relay mobility procedures

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10828708P 2008-10-24 2008-10-24
US12/604,210 US20100103845A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay mobility procedures

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100103845A1 true US20100103845A1 (en) 2010-04-29

Family

ID=42117409

Family Applications (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/603,392 Active 2031-11-22 US8902805B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-21 Cell relay packet routing
US12/604,198 Abandoned US20100103857A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay network attachment procedures
US12/604,215 Abandoned US20100103864A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay protocol
US12/604,205 Active 2031-10-12 US9088939B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Bearer QoS mapping for cell relays
US12/604,210 Abandoned US20100103845A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay mobility procedures
US12/604,189 Active 2031-02-07 US8401068B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Device attachment and bearer activation using cell relays
US12/605,184 Abandoned US20100103865A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-23 Header compression for cell relay communications

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/603,392 Active 2031-11-22 US8902805B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-21 Cell relay packet routing
US12/604,198 Abandoned US20100103857A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay network attachment procedures
US12/604,215 Abandoned US20100103864A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Cell relay protocol
US12/604,205 Active 2031-10-12 US9088939B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Bearer QoS mapping for cell relays

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/604,189 Active 2031-02-07 US8401068B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-22 Device attachment and bearer activation using cell relays
US12/605,184 Abandoned US20100103865A1 (en) 2008-10-24 2009-10-23 Header compression for cell relay communications

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (7) US8902805B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2359642B1 (en)
JP (4) JP5384655B2 (en)
KR (5) KR101383186B1 (en)
CN (4) CN102197679A (en)
BR (1) BRPI0919845B1 (en)
ES (1) ES2427172T3 (en)
TW (7) TWI424766B (en)
WO (7) WO2010048566A1 (en)

Cited By (101)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100103863A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated BEARER QoS MAPPING FOR CELL RELAYS
US20100150173A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Multi-User Multiplexing
US20100150177A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Autonomous Combining
US20100153806A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Functionality in a Relay Node
US20100158142A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Corporation Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) with Relay Nodes
US20100157845A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Relay Node Selection
US20100159935A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Resource Allocation
US20100238855A1 (en) * 2008-07-24 2010-09-23 Atsushi Yoshida Relay device and relay method
GB2479904A (en) * 2010-04-28 2011-11-02 Sharp Kk LTE-A relay apparatus, in particular for type 1 relays
US20110274030A1 (en) * 2010-05-07 2011-11-10 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Method and apparatus for establishing connection between enb
CN102291789A (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Adjacent cell information obtaining method, user equipment cell switching method and network
US20120051349A1 (en) * 2009-04-09 2012-03-01 Oumer Teyeb Base Station Caching for an Efficient Handover in a Mobile Telecommunication Network with Relays
WO2012028200A1 (en) * 2010-09-03 2012-03-08 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Relay nodes in multi-operator scenario
WO2012041123A1 (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for bearer multiplexing
WO2012052052A1 (en) * 2010-10-19 2012-04-26 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Reconfiguring a base station for handover in relay-enhanced communication network
US20120106468A1 (en) * 2010-11-03 2012-05-03 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Radio network node discovery of operations node
WO2012070049A1 (en) * 2010-11-24 2012-05-31 Elta Systems Ltd. Various routing architectures for dynamic multi-hop backhauling cellular network and various methods useful in conjunction therewith
WO2012110939A1 (en) * 2011-02-18 2012-08-23 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Mobile router in eps
CN102684755A (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-19 英特尔移动通信有限公司 Mobile radio communication devices and servers
US20120250602A1 (en) * 2011-03-29 2012-10-04 Innovative Sonic Corporation Method and apparatus to improve high-speed mobility in a wireless communication system
CN102740278A (en) * 2011-04-11 2012-10-17 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 Method for updating eNB configuration in a wireless relay network
CN102769930A (en) * 2012-07-11 2012-11-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Bearer processing method and device
US20120300693A1 (en) * 2009-12-14 2012-11-29 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication system and radio base station
US8355388B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2013-01-15 Research In Motion Limited System and method for initial access to relays
CN102972087A (en) * 2010-06-24 2013-03-13 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Mobile communication method and relay node
EP2568749A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-13 Alcatel Lucent Method of providing communication over a mobile communication network
US20130137469A1 (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-05-30 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH Method for transmitting an opportunistic network related message
US20130165123A1 (en) * 2010-06-21 2013-06-27 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication method and radio base station
US20130196667A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2013-08-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Handover method and system in relay network, relay node, control base station and base station
US8848594B2 (en) 2008-12-10 2014-09-30 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for discovery of relay nodes
US8897134B2 (en) * 2010-06-25 2014-11-25 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Notifying a controller of a change to a packet forwarding configuration of a network element over a communication channel
CN104396303A (en) * 2012-03-16 2015-03-04 英特尔公司 Intra-QCI scheduler and method for intra-QCI scheduling in a wireless access network
EP2717610A4 (en) * 2011-05-31 2015-06-24 Ntt Docomo Inc Mobile communication method, relay node, and wireless base station
US20150195032A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2015-07-09 Nec Corporation Communication system
US20150230142A1 (en) * 2012-10-24 2015-08-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Cooperative communication processing method, enb, and system
EP2922335A1 (en) * 2010-11-05 2015-09-23 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods for handing over a relay node from a source enb to a target enb and corresponding relay node
US9351173B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2016-05-24 Elta Systems Ltd. Architecture and methods for traffic management by tunneling in hierarchical cellular networks
US9398622B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2016-07-19 Twilio, Inc. System and method for connecting a communication to a client
US9456008B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2016-09-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US9455949B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2016-09-27 Twilio, Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
US9459925B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2016-10-04 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing a computing cluster
US9459926B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2016-10-04 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing a computing cluster
US9477975B2 (en) 2015-02-03 2016-10-25 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a media intelligence platform
US9480106B2 (en) * 2012-11-28 2016-10-25 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Inter-base station logical interface communication using relay devices
US9483328B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2016-11-01 Twilio, Inc. System and method for delivering application content
US9491309B2 (en) 2009-10-07 2016-11-08 Twilio, Inc. System and method for running a multi-module telephony application
US9495227B2 (en) 2012-02-10 2016-11-15 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing concurrent events
US9509782B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-11-29 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing a micro-services communication platform
US9516101B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2016-12-06 Twilio, Inc. System and method for collecting feedback in a multi-tenant communication platform
US9553900B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2017-01-24 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing conferencing in a distributed communication network
US9553799B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2017-01-24 Twilio, Inc. System and method for client communication in a distributed telephony network
US9591033B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2017-03-07 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing media requests during telephony sessions
US9590849B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2017-03-07 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing a computing cluster
US9588974B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2017-03-07 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US9602586B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2017-03-21 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing media in a distributed communication network
US9614972B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2017-04-04 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for preventing illicit use of a telephony platform
US9621733B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2017-04-11 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US9628624B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2017-04-18 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US9641677B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2017-05-02 Twilio, Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US9648006B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2017-05-09 Twilio, Inc. System and method for communicating with a client application
CN106658380A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-10 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Data multiplex method of device and device relay network and intelligent terminal
US9654647B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2017-05-16 Twilio, Inc. System and method for routing communications
US9769871B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2017-09-19 Elta Systems Ltd. Cellular communication system with moving base stations and methods and apparatus useful in conjunction therewith
US9774687B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2017-09-26 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing media and signaling in a communication platform
US9807244B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2017-10-31 Twilio, Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US9811398B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2017-11-07 Twilio, Inc. System and method for tagging and tracking events of an application platform
US9820261B2 (en) 2010-06-12 2017-11-14 China Academy Of Telecommunications Technology Mapping method and apparatus for resource status process
EP3185612A4 (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-11-22 China Academy of Telecommunications Technology Relay terminal reselection method and device
US9853872B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2017-12-26 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing communication platform metadata
CN107707475A (en) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and system
US9907010B2 (en) 2014-04-17 2018-02-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for enabling multi-modal communication
US9948703B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2018-04-17 Twilio, Inc. System and method for signaling through data storage
US9967224B2 (en) 2010-06-25 2018-05-08 Twilio, Inc. System and method for enabling real-time eventing
US20180139667A1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-05-17 Nokia Technologies Oy Minimization of service interruption during relay reselection in device-to-device (d2d) based user equipment (ue)-to-network relay
US9992608B2 (en) 2013-06-19 2018-06-05 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing a communication endpoint information service
US10033617B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2018-07-24 Twilio, Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
CN108370593A (en) * 2015-10-06 2018-08-03 Lg 电子株式会社 In wireless communication system to base station transmission data/from base station receive data method and apparatus
US10051011B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-08-14 Twilio, Inc. System and method for integrating session initiation protocol communication in a telecommunications platform
US10057734B2 (en) 2013-06-19 2018-08-21 Twilio Inc. System and method for transmitting and receiving media messages
US10063713B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2018-08-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for programmatic device connectivity
US10069773B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2018-09-04 Twilio, Inc. System and method for enabling dynamic multi-modal communication
CN108605254A (en) * 2017-01-05 2018-09-28 Lg电子株式会社 The method and apparatus for sending the rule that DRB mappings are flowed to for QOS
WO2018212845A1 (en) * 2017-05-18 2018-11-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless multihop relay
US10165015B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2018-12-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for real-time communication by using a client application communication protocol
US10320983B2 (en) 2012-06-19 2019-06-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for queuing a communication session
WO2019143430A1 (en) * 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Integrated access backhaul under a non-standalone network architecture for 5g or other next generation network
US10419891B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2019-09-17 Twilio, Inc. System and method for communicating through multiple endpoints
US20200022153A1 (en) * 2014-12-16 2020-01-16 Unify Gmbh & Co. Kg Telecommunication Arrangement and Procedures to Establish a RTC Connection Between a First and Second Endpoint
US10575219B2 (en) * 2015-05-05 2020-02-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Circuit switched fallback method, network device, and system
US10659349B2 (en) 2016-02-04 2020-05-19 Twilio Inc. Systems and methods for providing secure network exchanged for a multitenant virtual private cloud
WO2020112295A1 (en) * 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System model and architecture for mobile integrated access and backhaul in advanced networks
US10686902B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2020-06-16 Twilio Inc. System and method for a multi-channel notification service
WO2020122676A1 (en) 2018-12-14 2020-06-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for initial access in wireless communication system
US10735085B2 (en) * 2016-03-30 2020-08-04 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Multi-core communication system to serve wireless relays and user equipment
WO2020228937A1 (en) * 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Nokia Technologies Oy Address assignment
EP3793246A4 (en) * 2018-05-11 2021-07-07 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Bearer mapping method for wireless backhaul node, wireless backhaul node and donor base station
EP3806542A4 (en) * 2018-06-21 2021-08-04 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Path changing method and apparatus
US11239898B1 (en) * 2019-11-19 2022-02-01 T-Mobile Innovations Llc Relaying data to multiple access points
US11252635B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2022-02-15 Kt Corporation Method for processing uplink user data in relay node, and device for same
US11637934B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2023-04-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for monitoring account usage on a platform
US11950124B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2024-04-02 Zte Corporation Methods, apparatus and systems for integrated access and backhaul bearer management

Families Citing this family (160)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101236033B1 (en) * 2008-07-21 2013-02-21 한국전자통신연구원 Communication system for removing transmission overhead
US8964781B2 (en) * 2008-11-05 2015-02-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Relays in a multihop heterogeneous UMTS wireless communication system
WO2010069400A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and entity for conveying data units
KR101531531B1 (en) * 2009-01-08 2015-07-07 삼성전자주식회사 Method for connecting user equipment to local packet data network by evolved node b
US20100182970A1 (en) * 2009-01-21 2010-07-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiple Subscriptions Using a Single Air-Interface Resource
KR101521886B1 (en) * 2009-01-23 2015-05-28 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for processing gtp in mobile communication system
CN101827451B (en) * 2009-03-03 2012-12-12 华为技术有限公司 Network access method of relaying node and device
US20120002592A1 (en) * 2009-03-06 2012-01-05 Ning Yang Method, system and network device for network access of relay node
IN2011KN03928A (en) * 2009-03-17 2015-10-02 Huawei Tech Co Ltd
RU2508611C2 (en) * 2009-03-20 2014-02-27 Телефонактиеболагет Л М Эрикссон (Пабл) Radio bearer identification for self backhauling and relaying in advanced lte
WO2010111819A1 (en) * 2009-03-30 2010-10-07 华为技术有限公司 Method, network system and device for realizing data retransmission
PL3236690T3 (en) 2009-04-02 2020-02-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Techniques for handling network traffic
US20100260109A1 (en) * 2009-04-10 2010-10-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Optimized inter-access point packet routing for ip relay nodes
KR100968037B1 (en) * 2009-04-21 2010-07-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Apparatus and method of managing radio bearer in wireless communication system
US8902827B2 (en) * 2009-04-21 2014-12-02 Htc Corporation Relay for handling data forwarding in a wireless communication system and related method for controlling the same
EP2422471B1 (en) * 2009-04-21 2019-02-27 LG Electronics Inc. Method of utilizing a relay node in wireless communication system
EP2259651A1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2010-12-08 Panasonic Corporation QoS Multiplexing via base station-relay node interface
US8588138B2 (en) * 2009-07-23 2013-11-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for relay nodes
US9038073B2 (en) * 2009-08-13 2015-05-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Data mover moving data to accelerator for processing and returning result data based on instruction received from a processor utilizing software and hardware interrupts
US20110041128A1 (en) * 2009-08-13 2011-02-17 Mathias Kohlenz Apparatus and Method for Distributed Data Processing
US8788782B2 (en) 2009-08-13 2014-07-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for memory management and efficient data processing
US8762532B2 (en) * 2009-08-13 2014-06-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for efficient memory allocation
CN101998449B (en) * 2009-08-17 2015-07-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Transmission system and method applied to wireless relay
CN101998657A (en) * 2009-08-18 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Relay communication system supporting multi-hop and access method thereof
CN101998303B (en) * 2009-08-18 2013-11-06 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, system, donor base station, relay equipment and evolved packet core network node
CN101998621B (en) * 2009-08-21 2013-08-28 华为技术有限公司 Buffer status report (BSR) reporting method, relay node (RN), evolved node base (eNB) and system
US8213337B2 (en) * 2009-09-23 2012-07-03 Via Telecom, Inc. IP multimedia subsystem for a multimode wireless device
US8452319B2 (en) * 2009-10-15 2013-05-28 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Ad-hoc wireless communication method using sector antenna, recovery method in ad-hoc wireless communication and ad-hoc wireless communication system
EP2355608B1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2016-03-09 Institute for Imformation Industry Donor evolved nodeb, relay node and communication method thereof
US20110134826A1 (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Xiangying Yang Relay data path architecture for a wireless network
WO2011077065A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-30 Fujitsu Limited Quality of service control in a relay
KR20110077560A (en) * 2009-12-30 2011-07-07 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for managing quality of service in broadband wirelress communication system with multiple hop relay communication
US9021072B2 (en) * 2010-01-28 2015-04-28 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Localized media offload
CN102149214B (en) * 2010-02-05 2015-05-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and system in communication system
US20110194533A1 (en) * 2010-02-11 2011-08-11 Te-Ming Chen Method of Handling Radio Resource Reconfiguration
RU2563841C2 (en) * 2010-02-19 2015-09-20 Телефонактиеболагет Л М Эрикссон (Пабл) Identification of relay centres in communication network
CN102088771B (en) * 2010-03-12 2013-10-16 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and device for selecting data surface path according to UE (User Equipment) status
US8724472B2 (en) * 2010-03-25 2014-05-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Data radio bearer mapping in a telecommunication network with relays
EP2553963B1 (en) 2010-04-02 2020-07-22 InterDigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting communication via a relay node
US20110267943A1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Static uu-un bearer mapping based on quality of service
DE102010028974A1 (en) * 2010-05-12 2011-11-17 Vodafone Holding Gmbh Providing an end-to-end connection from an end unit to a network
CN102271405B (en) * 2010-06-04 2014-09-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for allocating bearer resources
EP3490322A1 (en) * 2010-06-04 2019-05-29 Board of Regents, The University of Texas System Wireless communication methods, systems, and computer program products
US9385862B2 (en) 2010-06-16 2016-07-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for binding subscriber authentication and device authentication in communication systems
US8839373B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2014-09-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for relay node management and authorization
US8375245B2 (en) * 2010-07-15 2013-02-12 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Mobility management entity failover
ES2556958T3 (en) 2010-07-29 2016-01-21 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network traffic management through fixed access
WO2012016187A2 (en) 2010-07-30 2012-02-02 Board Of Regents Distributed rate allocation and collision detection in wireless networks
CN103053202B (en) 2010-08-03 2016-08-10 日本电气株式会社 Relay station apparatus, mobile communication system and the method being used for controlling relay station
US9336029B2 (en) 2010-08-04 2016-05-10 International Business Machines Corporation Determination via an indexed structure of one or more partitionable endpoints affected by an I/O message
US8549202B2 (en) 2010-08-04 2013-10-01 International Business Machines Corporation Interrupt source controller with scalable state structures
US8495271B2 (en) * 2010-08-04 2013-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation Injection of I/O messages
CN102404770B (en) * 2010-09-08 2015-04-01 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for secondary measurement of wireless relay system layer
WO2012032782A1 (en) * 2010-09-09 2012-03-15 パナソニック株式会社 Communication system, communication method, mobile terminal, and base station device
US8345603B2 (en) * 2010-09-30 2013-01-01 Alcatel Lucent Method and apparatus for processing GTP triggered messages
JP4932933B2 (en) 2010-10-06 2012-05-16 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Relay station and relay method for relaying wireless communication
US9986442B2 (en) * 2010-10-08 2018-05-29 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Relay nodes
JP4937398B1 (en) * 2010-11-04 2012-05-23 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Relay station and reconnection method
CN102547892B (en) * 2010-12-20 2014-12-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Nomadic data access system, device and transmission method
CN102083006B (en) * 2011-01-17 2014-06-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data transmission method, device and system
US8750333B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2014-06-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Backwards-compatible approach to fields of a protocol layer
WO2012122508A2 (en) 2011-03-09 2012-09-13 Board Of Regents Network routing system, method, and computer program product
US8817690B2 (en) * 2011-04-04 2014-08-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for scheduling network traffic in the presence of relays
US8780799B2 (en) * 2011-05-02 2014-07-15 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Handling multiple voice over internet protocol (VoIP) calls via a single bearer
WO2012173623A1 (en) * 2011-06-16 2012-12-20 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Methods, apparatus, a system, and a related computer program product for activation and deacitivation of bearers
CN103718602B (en) * 2011-06-17 2018-05-15 瑞典爱立信有限公司 The service quality and method of service node
US8965415B2 (en) 2011-07-15 2015-02-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Short packet data service
US10123327B2 (en) * 2011-09-19 2018-11-06 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system
US9510256B2 (en) * 2011-09-20 2016-11-29 Wildfire.Exchange, Inc. Seamless handoff, offload, and load balancing in integrated Wi-Fi/small cell systems
KR20140116090A (en) * 2011-12-08 2014-10-01 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 High-rate dual-band cellular communications
US20130155964A1 (en) * 2011-12-19 2013-06-20 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Allowing end-user devices access to resources of a mobile broadband network at desired quality of service levels using a transit device
US20130155918A1 (en) * 2011-12-20 2013-06-20 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Techniques To Enhance Header Compression Efficiency And Enhance Mobile Node Security
EP2810506B1 (en) * 2012-01-16 2017-12-06 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method and arrangement for relaying
CN103220816B (en) * 2012-01-19 2018-05-15 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 A kind of interface between RN and core net is established and communication means
WO2013116981A1 (en) * 2012-02-06 2013-08-15 Alcatel-Lucent Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Apparatus, method, and computer program for a mobile relay station transceiver, system, and means for mass transportation
US8660078B2 (en) 2012-02-07 2014-02-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Data radio bearer (DRB) enhancements for small data transmissions apparatus, systems, and methods
JP5792661B2 (en) * 2012-03-06 2015-10-14 株式会社日立製作所 Ad hoc network system and meter reading information collection method
TWI484853B (en) * 2012-03-14 2015-05-11 Inst Information Industry Communication system and communication method thereof
US9986535B2 (en) * 2012-03-31 2018-05-29 Tejas Networks Limited Method and system for managing mobile management entity (MME) in a telecommunication network
JP2013239817A (en) * 2012-05-14 2013-11-28 Sharp Corp Relay device, radio terminal device, communication system and communication method
WO2013185285A1 (en) * 2012-06-12 2013-12-19 Nokia Corporation Methods, apparatuses and computer program products for configuration of signaling radio bearers
JP6163204B2 (en) 2012-06-14 2017-07-12 テケレック・インコーポレイテッドTekelec, Inc. Method, system, and computer-readable medium for providing an integrated OpenFlow controller for a policy and charging rules function (PCRF)
CN106488568B (en) * 2012-07-20 2020-01-31 华为技术有限公司 data transmission method, device and communication system
JP5871750B2 (en) * 2012-08-28 2016-03-01 株式会社Nttドコモ Mobile communication system, radio base station and mobile station
US9672527B2 (en) * 2013-01-21 2017-06-06 Tejas Networks Limited Associating and consolidating MME bearer management functions
US9537904B2 (en) * 2013-01-24 2017-01-03 Tekelec, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for using policy knowledge of or obtained by a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) for needs based forwarding of bearer session traffic to network nodes
CN105052080B (en) 2013-02-18 2019-05-03 泰科来股份有限公司 For providing method, system and the computer-readable medium of thinking diameter network framework
JP6109343B2 (en) 2013-02-18 2017-04-05 テケレック・インコーポレイテッドTekelec, Inc. Method, system, and computer-readable medium for providing a virtualized Diameter network architecture and for routing traffic to dynamically instantiated Diameter resource instances
CN104969653B (en) * 2013-04-07 2019-07-26 华为技术有限公司 The method for building up and equipment of wireless backhaul link
KR101410248B1 (en) * 2013-05-21 2014-06-20 주식회사 이노와이어리스 method for measuring backhaul throughput for LTE small cell
CN104244426B (en) 2013-06-09 2019-02-05 华为技术有限公司 A kind of resource allocation methods and device of Data Radio Bearer DRB
US9391897B2 (en) 2013-07-31 2016-07-12 Oracle International Corporation Methods, systems, and computer readable media for mitigating traffic storms
US9510376B2 (en) 2013-09-25 2016-11-29 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Tunneling packet exchange in long term evolution protocol based networks
KR102097408B1 (en) * 2013-10-15 2020-04-06 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for controlling to operate use carrier aggregation technology in mobile communication system
US11388082B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2022-07-12 Oracle International Corporation Methods, systems, and computer readable media for diameter routing using software defined network (SDN) functionality
WO2015096008A1 (en) * 2013-12-23 2015-07-02 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and network node for routing backhaul packets
CA2921664C (en) 2014-01-14 2017-09-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving broadcasting signal including robust header compression packet stream and fast information
US9787595B2 (en) * 2014-03-24 2017-10-10 Intel IP Corporation Evolved node-B and mobility management entity and user equipment and methods for supporting attended and unattended services
CN106465080B (en) 2014-04-15 2020-02-07 诺基亚通信公司 Method and apparatus for interworking between bearer-based systems and bearer-less systems
US10506607B2 (en) 2014-06-02 2019-12-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Discovery of multi-hop capabilities and routing on a per link basis
US9961587B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-05-01 Gilat Satellite Networks Ltd. Methods and apparatus for optimizing tunneled traffic
US10021594B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-07-10 Gilat Satellite Networks Ltd. Methods and apparatus for optimizing tunneled traffic
RO130953A2 (en) * 2014-07-04 2016-02-26 Ixia, A California Corporation Methods, system and computer-readable medium for distributing general packet radio service tunnelling protocol (gtp) traffic
US20160021161A1 (en) * 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Alcatel-Lucent Usa, Inc. Mobile network video optimization for centralized processing base stations
JP6347289B2 (en) * 2014-10-02 2018-06-27 富士通株式会社 Relay device and base station system
US9538563B2 (en) 2014-10-13 2017-01-03 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and methods for managing a user data path
DE102014221956A1 (en) * 2014-10-28 2016-05-12 Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft Apparatus, vehicle, method and computer program for a relay transceiver and a network component
US20160135166A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Bruce Cilli System and method for exporting real-time user equipment and bearer state information
US9906973B2 (en) 2014-11-28 2018-02-27 Industrial Technology Research Institute Evolved NodeB and traffic dispatch method thereof
US20160255632A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy LTE/WI-FI Aggregation For Existing Network Nodes
US10542457B2 (en) * 2015-04-20 2020-01-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced compression formats for data compression
US10148509B2 (en) 2015-05-13 2018-12-04 Oracle International Corporation Methods, systems, and computer readable media for session based software defined networking (SDN) management
US9826422B2 (en) 2015-05-28 2017-11-21 Alcatel-Lucent Usa Inc. System and method for controlling an operation of an application
US9838893B2 (en) 2015-06-25 2017-12-05 Alcatel Lucent System and method for cooperatively controlling an application
US9860786B1 (en) 2016-02-01 2018-01-02 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Efficient backhaul for relay nodes
US9961588B2 (en) 2016-02-24 2018-05-01 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Holdings) Pte. Ltd. Methods, systems, and computer readable media for distributing monitored network traffic
WO2017162309A1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and network nodes for multi-connectivity handling in a communication system
MX2018011417A (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-01-10 Sony Corp Relay device, terminal device, and communication method.
US11425777B2 (en) * 2016-05-13 2022-08-23 Telecom Italia S.P.A. Method and system for data tunneling in device to device communication assisted by a telecommunication network
CN108307528B (en) * 2016-08-11 2021-05-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Information transmission method, device and system
US10499278B2 (en) * 2016-08-31 2019-12-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for reduced bandwidth wireless devices
CN109565705B (en) * 2016-10-17 2023-03-28 Sk电信有限公司 Base station apparatus and QOS control method in wireless zone
US10623989B2 (en) * 2016-10-27 2020-04-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for unidirectional robust header compression
JP6953706B2 (en) * 2016-11-22 2021-10-27 ソニーグループ株式会社 base station
US10142008B1 (en) 2016-12-15 2018-11-27 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Data compression for wireless relays in a data communication network
US10904800B2 (en) * 2017-02-03 2021-01-26 Apple Inc. Quality of service flow to data radio bearer mapping override bit
KR102012463B1 (en) * 2017-02-28 2019-08-20 주식회사 이노와이어리스 data processing data in mobile Xhaul network
US10264612B2 (en) * 2017-03-15 2019-04-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Discovery of controller function for wireless backhaul using cellular radio access technology
CN108924824B (en) * 2017-03-20 2020-10-09 电信科学技术研究院 EPS bearing identifier distribution method and device, SMF and PCF
US10873874B2 (en) * 2017-03-23 2020-12-22 Nec Corporation Base station, radio relay station, and communication method for cancelling a connection to a base station during an overload condition
US10873890B2 (en) * 2017-03-23 2020-12-22 Nec Corporation Base station, radio relay station, communication method for cancelling a connection to a base station during an overload condition
EP3603324A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2020-02-05 INTEL Corporation Advanced radio resource management in next-gen multi-hop relaying cellular network
US10028186B1 (en) 2017-03-24 2018-07-17 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Wireless communication system to redirect use equipment (UE) from a wireless relay to a donor base station
US10433203B1 (en) 2017-04-19 2019-10-01 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Providing a quality of service to wireless devices attached to relay access nodes
US10299185B1 (en) 2017-04-24 2019-05-21 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Wireless relay quality-of-service based on relay-delivered media services
CN109245845B (en) * 2017-05-05 2022-05-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signaling transmission method and device
EP3643025A1 (en) * 2017-06-28 2020-04-29 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Sub-band compression domain processing for uplink mimo systems
US10873479B2 (en) * 2017-08-03 2020-12-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for forwarding in multi-hop wireless networks via multi-layer tunneling and centralized control
WO2019136607A1 (en) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Routing method for relay and communication node
US11089527B2 (en) * 2018-01-17 2021-08-10 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Telecommunications network bearer allocation and deallocation
KR102350842B1 (en) * 2018-02-11 2022-01-12 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Mobile communication system, method and device
KR102322380B1 (en) * 2018-02-14 2021-11-10 주식회사 케이티 Methods for processing Uplink user data of relay node and Apparatuses thereof
CN110418427B (en) * 2018-04-28 2021-06-08 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
US10904795B2 (en) * 2018-06-21 2021-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Remapping quality of service flows among data radio bearers
CN110636570B (en) * 2018-06-25 2022-08-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for processing IAB node information in IAB network
GB2576204B (en) 2018-07-27 2021-02-17 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Operation of automatic repeat request (ARQ)
EP3837880A4 (en) * 2018-08-13 2022-03-09 Cisco Technology, Inc. Centralized son assisted multi hop discovery and management
CN110876175B (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-07-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Link interruption processing method, relay node and computer readable storage medium
WO2020056364A1 (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Intel Corporation Signaling configurations for cell selection in fifth generation (5g) new radio (nr) (5g-nr) integrated access and backhaul (iab)
WO2020061911A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Generation of tunnel endpoint identifier for packet tunneling
CN110971363B (en) 2018-09-28 2022-03-08 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for communication method of Ethernet data
WO2020087452A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Buffer status report indicator
WO2020097134A1 (en) * 2018-11-05 2020-05-14 Parallel Wireless, Inc. Locally-generated teids for core high availability
CN110830170A (en) * 2019-11-12 2020-02-21 北京理工大学 Data transmission method based on ROHC compression in satellite communication
EP4107990A4 (en) * 2020-03-17 2023-08-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and systems for reducing fronthaul bandwidth in a wireless communication system
EP3913881A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2021-11-24 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Header compression management in a radio access network
US11343715B1 (en) * 2020-08-23 2022-05-24 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Header compression for network
CN112399480B (en) * 2020-11-05 2023-09-08 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method, apparatus and storage medium for reducing transmission overhead
CN113133078B (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-04-08 西安电子科技大学 Light-weight inter-satellite switching device and method for giant low-orbit satellite network
US11706607B1 (en) 2021-06-16 2023-07-18 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Location based routing that bypasses circuit-based networks

Citations (59)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5999980A (en) * 1996-09-12 1999-12-07 Cabletron Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for setting a congestion indicate bit in an backwards RM cell on an ATM network
US20030223381A1 (en) * 2002-06-04 2003-12-04 Osmo Schroderus Method for controlling parties in real-time data communication
US20040001508A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Haihong Zheng Method and system for transmitting data in a packet based communication network
US6839339B1 (en) * 2000-02-02 2005-01-04 Lucent Technologies Inc. Header compression for general packet radio service tunneling protocol (GTP)-encapsulated packets
US20050265363A1 (en) * 2002-09-24 2005-12-01 Xiaobao Chen Methods and apparatus for data transfer in a packet-switched data network
US20060139869A1 (en) * 2004-12-29 2006-06-29 Matusz Pawel O Extended compression arrangements within telecommunication systems and associated methods
US20060262732A1 (en) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-23 Mika Joutsenvirta Method for informing changed communications capabilities
US20070041346A1 (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-02-22 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Method and apparatus for performing handover between core network entities in a packet-switched network
US20070072604A1 (en) * 2005-08-17 2007-03-29 Nortel Networks Limited Method and system for a wireless multi-hop relay network
US20070171871A1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2007-07-26 Nokia Corporation Secure distributed handover signaling
US20070213060A1 (en) * 2006-03-07 2007-09-13 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for supporting handoff in an lte gtp based wireless communication system
US20070230352A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Multipath Routing Architecture for Large Data Transfers
US7301947B2 (en) * 2001-06-27 2007-11-27 Nokia Corporation Transmission of compression identifier of headers on data packet connection
US20080064390A1 (en) * 2005-02-07 2008-03-13 Kim Myeong-Cheol Enhanced Radio Link Control Error Handling
US20080080399A1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2008-04-03 Interdigital Technology Corporation Enhanced node b configuration with a universal integrated circuit card
US20080123660A1 (en) * 2006-08-09 2008-05-29 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for providing differentiated quality of service for packets in a particular flow
US20080144555A1 (en) * 2006-11-29 2008-06-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for identifying header compression channel in broadband wireless communication system
US20080165719A1 (en) * 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for relay zone bandwidth allocation
US20080181176A1 (en) * 2006-10-30 2008-07-31 Hyunjeong Lee Framework to design new mac message exchange procedure related to mobile station (ms) handover in multi-hop relay broadband wireless access network
US20080219203A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-11 Industrial Technology Research Institute. Method for mac process and flexible connection in wireless multi-hop relaying network
US20080240439A1 (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-10-02 Interdigital Technology Corporation Methods and apparatus to facilitate data and security context transfer, and re-initialization during mobile device handover
US20080268852A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2008-10-30 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Delayed Base Station Relocation in Distributed Radio Access Networks
US20080268846A1 (en) * 2007-02-12 2008-10-30 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for supporting handoff from gprs/geran to lte eutran
US20090042576A1 (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for handling mobility between non-3gpp to 3gpp networks
US20090043902A1 (en) * 2007-04-12 2009-02-12 Stefano Faccin Packet data network connectivity domain selection and bearer setup
US20090052409A1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2009-02-26 Orange Sa Telecommunications apparatus and method
US20090080422A1 (en) * 2007-09-21 2009-03-26 Posdata Co., Ltd. Header-compression packet processing method, mobile station, base station, and control station in wireless communication system
US20090109924A1 (en) * 2007-10-26 2009-04-30 Fujitsu Limited Packet communication method, packet communication system, wireless terminal, and packet communication device
US20090111476A1 (en) * 2007-10-29 2009-04-30 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Allocation of user equipment identifier
US20090111423A1 (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Non-access stratum architecture and protocol enhancements for long term evolution mobile units
US20090196177A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-06 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Method, apparatus and computer program for uplink scheduling in a network that employs relay nodes
US20090201878A1 (en) * 2007-11-19 2009-08-13 Cellco Partnership D/B/A Verizon Wireless Low latency handover between wireless communication networks using different radio access technologies
US20090215459A1 (en) * 2008-02-25 2009-08-27 Richard Lee-Chee Kuo Method and Apparatus for Improving Random Access Procedure for Handover
US20090238207A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Research In Motion Limited Dynamic Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate for Evolved Packet System Non-Guaranteed Bit Rate Quality of Service Enforcement and Network Bandwidth Utilization
US20090257432A1 (en) * 2006-03-16 2009-10-15 Tsuyoshi Yamaguchi Terminal
US7616601B2 (en) * 2001-01-16 2009-11-10 Netsocket, Inc. Network resource manager in a mobile telecommunication system
US20090296626A1 (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program for relay selection
US20100091823A1 (en) * 2008-10-13 2010-04-15 Cisco Technology, Inc. Two-hop Relay for Reducing Distance Vector Routing Information
US20100097976A1 (en) * 2008-10-16 2010-04-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Incremental redundancy relays for wireless communication
US20100103865A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for cell relay communications
US20100208645A1 (en) * 2007-10-02 2010-08-19 Haemaelaeinen Jyri Method, Computer Program, Apparatus and System
US20100226314A1 (en) * 2007-09-27 2010-09-09 Lixiang Xu Method for user equipment performing direct communications via hnb access systems
US20100238805A1 (en) * 2007-08-22 2010-09-23 Reiner Ludwig Data Transmission Control Methods And Devices
US20100246533A1 (en) * 2006-08-18 2010-09-30 Niklas Lundin Intersystem Change Involving Mapping Between Different Types Of Radio Bearers
US20100260098A1 (en) * 2009-04-10 2010-10-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for ip relay nodes
US20100260126A1 (en) * 2009-04-13 2010-10-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Split-cell relay packet routing
US20100309881A1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2010-12-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Mobile communication system and tunnel management method thereof
US7876808B2 (en) * 2006-11-30 2011-01-25 Broadcom Corp. Method and apparatus for adaptive noise and/or signal filtering in an HSDPA channel quality indicator (CQI) selection
US7881247B2 (en) * 2006-08-17 2011-02-01 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for providing efficient precoding feedback in a MIMO wireless communication system
US20110044279A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2011-02-24 Niklas Johansson Self-Backhauling in LTE
US7986915B1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2011-07-26 Nortel Networks Limited Method and system for a wireless multi-hop relay network
US20110222428A1 (en) * 2008-11-18 2011-09-15 Nokia Corporation Relaying in a communication system
US8054806B2 (en) * 2007-08-14 2011-11-08 Alcatel Lucent Method and apparatus for radio link failure recovery in a wireless communications network
US8055263B2 (en) * 2005-10-05 2011-11-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Fast cell selection method and apparatus for high speed downlink packet access system
US8064395B2 (en) * 2007-03-26 2011-11-22 Vodafone Group Plc Data transmission
US8064909B2 (en) * 2007-10-25 2011-11-22 Cisco Technology, Inc. Interworking gateway for mobile nodes
US20120120831A1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2012-05-17 Panasonic Corporation Qos multiplexing via base station-relay node interface
US20120140666A1 (en) * 2009-06-08 2012-06-07 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication system, relay node, radio base station, and gateway device
US20120155375A1 (en) * 2009-08-26 2012-06-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and Apparatus for Header Compression in Network Relay Scenario

Family Cites Families (45)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5963865A (en) 1997-11-24 1999-10-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Traffic channel assignment in a cellular telephone system using an uplink interference driven frequency packing method
JP3441367B2 (en) 1998-05-25 2003-09-02 三菱電機株式会社 Multiple communication connection setting method
FI106288B (en) * 1998-10-06 2000-12-29 Nokia Networks Oy Identifying a mobile station in a packet radio network
US6608841B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2003-08-19 Nokia Networks Oy System and method for achieving robust IP/UDP/RTP header compression in the presence of unreliable networks
US6785510B2 (en) 2000-03-09 2004-08-31 Salbu Resarch & Development (Proprietary) Limited Routing in a multi-station network
TW490950B (en) 2000-05-09 2002-06-11 Nutex Comm Corp Method and system for accessing and displaying area information
FI111493B (en) 2000-09-22 2003-07-31 Nokia Corp Defining a Contextual Tag in Compression of Header Fields
US6967964B1 (en) 2000-10-03 2005-11-22 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Context identification using header compression key at link layer
US7764660B2 (en) * 2002-06-21 2010-07-27 Thomson Licensing Registration of a WLAN as a UMTS routing area for WLAN-UMTS interworking
ATE506822T1 (en) 2003-09-23 2011-05-15 Panasonic Corp PROTOCOL CONTEXT TRANSMISSION IN A MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
TWI273853B (en) 2004-02-11 2007-02-11 Chunghwa Telecom Co Ltd Method for planning and optimizing orientation angle of cellular antenna for base station
KR20060009433A (en) 2004-07-22 2006-02-01 삼성전자주식회사 Method for packet service in a mobile communication using a header compression
KR100762650B1 (en) 2005-03-10 2007-10-01 삼성전자주식회사 Transmission control method for tcp bi-directional transmission in asymmetric bandwidth pre-allocated subscriber network and apparatus therefor
EP1748662A1 (en) * 2005-07-25 2007-01-31 Orange S.A. Mobile network performance evaluation system and method
CN1964225B (en) 2005-11-11 2013-03-13 上海贝尔阿尔卡特股份有限公司 A method to control wireless access, relay station and base station
US20070213058A1 (en) 2006-03-08 2007-09-13 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for supporting handoff and serving radio network subsystem relocation procedures in a single tunnel gprs-based wireless communication system
KR20090008215A (en) 2006-03-28 2009-01-21 가부시키가이샤 엔티티 도코모 Base station, route control device, and handover control method
JP5181472B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2013-04-10 日本電気株式会社 Communication control method
CN101047421B (en) * 2006-04-28 2011-12-07 华为技术有限公司 Device and method for mobile communication using repeater station
RU2407193C2 (en) 2006-05-03 2010-12-20 Интердиджитал Текнолоджи Корпорейшн Method of wireless communication and system for activation of multiple unidirectional channels of services by means of efficient procedures of activation of packet data protocol context
US8483123B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2013-07-09 Nokia Corporation QoS request and information distribution for wireless relay networks
WO2008008145A2 (en) 2006-07-12 2008-01-17 Interdigital Technology Corporation Activation of multiple bearer services in a long term evolution system
CN201134894Y (en) 2006-07-12 2008-10-15 美商内数位科技公司 Activation of multiple bearing services in long-term evolution system
CN101132564B (en) * 2006-08-25 2011-09-14 华为技术有限公司 Base station, relay station, wireless relay communication system and method thereof
US7995524B2 (en) 2006-09-07 2011-08-09 Industrial Technology Research Institute Wireless communication system and method
JP5192201B2 (en) 2006-09-07 2013-05-08 財團法人工業技術研究院 Wireless communication system and method
KR20080024745A (en) 2006-09-14 2008-03-19 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for operation of radio access network in broadband mobile communication system
GB2442782A (en) 2006-10-13 2008-04-16 Fujitsu Ltd Wireless communication systems
JP4983208B2 (en) * 2006-11-07 2012-07-25 富士通株式会社 Relay station, wireless communication method
EP1921807A1 (en) 2006-11-13 2008-05-14 Alcatel Lucent Method for forwarding MAC protocol data units in a mobile radio communication network, corresponding communication end point and relay station
WO2008072687A1 (en) 2006-12-15 2008-06-19 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Radio communication system and radio transmission path control method
US20080165776A1 (en) 2007-01-08 2008-07-10 Zhifeng Tao Relay Tunneling in Wireless Multi-User Multi-Hop Relay Networks
CN101227714B (en) 2007-01-18 2011-04-06 华为技术有限公司 System, apparatus and method for sharing network resource
US20100080161A1 (en) 2007-01-30 2010-04-01 Nec Corporation Mobile communication system, multicast data distribution method, core network apparatus, and access network apparatus
EP2135471B1 (en) 2007-02-06 2011-08-31 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method and system for intra e-utran handover
WO2008102547A1 (en) * 2007-02-19 2008-08-28 Panasonic Corporation QoS ESTABLISHING METHOD, AND MOBILE TERMINAL AND RELAY NODE USED IN THE METHOD
FI20075252A0 (en) 2007-04-13 2007-04-13 Nokia Corp Procedure, radio system, mobile terminal and base station
EP2158714B1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2019-08-21 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Aggregated harq report
US8340029B2 (en) * 2007-07-06 2012-12-25 Zte (Usa) Inc. Resource allocation in wireless multi-hop relay networks
EP1973274B1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2010-06-02 Industrial Technology Research Institute Method for MAC process and flexible connection in wireless multi-hop relaying network
CN101150587B (en) * 2007-10-24 2010-07-07 华为技术有限公司 A method, device and system for traffic switching of multi-protocol label switching traffic engineering
CN100583800C (en) * 2007-11-23 2010-01-20 清华大学 Method for multicast employing single static bidirectional sharing tree in flexible wire type tunnel
FI20070995A0 (en) 2007-12-19 2007-12-19 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Scalable deployment of network nodes
US20090213778A1 (en) * 2008-01-14 2009-08-27 Zhifeng Tao Fragmentation and Packing for Wireless Multi-User Multi-Hop Relay Networks
US8724472B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2014-05-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Data radio bearer mapping in a telecommunication network with relays

Patent Citations (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5999980A (en) * 1996-09-12 1999-12-07 Cabletron Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for setting a congestion indicate bit in an backwards RM cell on an ATM network
US6839339B1 (en) * 2000-02-02 2005-01-04 Lucent Technologies Inc. Header compression for general packet radio service tunneling protocol (GTP)-encapsulated packets
US7616601B2 (en) * 2001-01-16 2009-11-10 Netsocket, Inc. Network resource manager in a mobile telecommunication system
US7301947B2 (en) * 2001-06-27 2007-11-27 Nokia Corporation Transmission of compression identifier of headers on data packet connection
US20030223381A1 (en) * 2002-06-04 2003-12-04 Osmo Schroderus Method for controlling parties in real-time data communication
US20040001508A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Haihong Zheng Method and system for transmitting data in a packet based communication network
US20050265363A1 (en) * 2002-09-24 2005-12-01 Xiaobao Chen Methods and apparatus for data transfer in a packet-switched data network
US20080268852A1 (en) * 2004-03-30 2008-10-30 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Delayed Base Station Relocation in Distributed Radio Access Networks
US20090052409A1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2009-02-26 Orange Sa Telecommunications apparatus and method
US20060139869A1 (en) * 2004-12-29 2006-06-29 Matusz Pawel O Extended compression arrangements within telecommunication systems and associated methods
US20080064390A1 (en) * 2005-02-07 2008-03-13 Kim Myeong-Cheol Enhanced Radio Link Control Error Handling
US20060262732A1 (en) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-23 Mika Joutsenvirta Method for informing changed communications capabilities
US20070041346A1 (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-02-22 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Method and apparatus for performing handover between core network entities in a packet-switched network
US20070072604A1 (en) * 2005-08-17 2007-03-29 Nortel Networks Limited Method and system for a wireless multi-hop relay network
US8055263B2 (en) * 2005-10-05 2011-11-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Fast cell selection method and apparatus for high speed downlink packet access system
US20070171871A1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2007-07-26 Nokia Corporation Secure distributed handover signaling
US7986915B1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2011-07-26 Nortel Networks Limited Method and system for a wireless multi-hop relay network
US20070213060A1 (en) * 2006-03-07 2007-09-13 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for supporting handoff in an lte gtp based wireless communication system
US20090257432A1 (en) * 2006-03-16 2009-10-15 Tsuyoshi Yamaguchi Terminal
US20070230352A1 (en) * 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Multipath Routing Architecture for Large Data Transfers
US20080123660A1 (en) * 2006-08-09 2008-05-29 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for providing differentiated quality of service for packets in a particular flow
US7881247B2 (en) * 2006-08-17 2011-02-01 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for providing efficient precoding feedback in a MIMO wireless communication system
US20100246533A1 (en) * 2006-08-18 2010-09-30 Niklas Lundin Intersystem Change Involving Mapping Between Different Types Of Radio Bearers
US20080080399A1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2008-04-03 Interdigital Technology Corporation Enhanced node b configuration with a universal integrated circuit card
US20080181176A1 (en) * 2006-10-30 2008-07-31 Hyunjeong Lee Framework to design new mac message exchange procedure related to mobile station (ms) handover in multi-hop relay broadband wireless access network
US20080144555A1 (en) * 2006-11-29 2008-06-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for identifying header compression channel in broadband wireless communication system
US7876808B2 (en) * 2006-11-30 2011-01-25 Broadcom Corp. Method and apparatus for adaptive noise and/or signal filtering in an HSDPA channel quality indicator (CQI) selection
US20080165719A1 (en) * 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for relay zone bandwidth allocation
US20080268846A1 (en) * 2007-02-12 2008-10-30 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for supporting handoff from gprs/geran to lte eutran
US20080219203A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-11 Industrial Technology Research Institute. Method for mac process and flexible connection in wireless multi-hop relaying network
US20080240439A1 (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-10-02 Interdigital Technology Corporation Methods and apparatus to facilitate data and security context transfer, and re-initialization during mobile device handover
US8064395B2 (en) * 2007-03-26 2011-11-22 Vodafone Group Plc Data transmission
US20090043902A1 (en) * 2007-04-12 2009-02-12 Stefano Faccin Packet data network connectivity domain selection and bearer setup
US20090042576A1 (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for handling mobility between non-3gpp to 3gpp networks
US8054806B2 (en) * 2007-08-14 2011-11-08 Alcatel Lucent Method and apparatus for radio link failure recovery in a wireless communications network
US20100238805A1 (en) * 2007-08-22 2010-09-23 Reiner Ludwig Data Transmission Control Methods And Devices
US20090080422A1 (en) * 2007-09-21 2009-03-26 Posdata Co., Ltd. Header-compression packet processing method, mobile station, base station, and control station in wireless communication system
US20100226314A1 (en) * 2007-09-27 2010-09-09 Lixiang Xu Method for user equipment performing direct communications via hnb access systems
US20100208645A1 (en) * 2007-10-02 2010-08-19 Haemaelaeinen Jyri Method, Computer Program, Apparatus and System
US8064909B2 (en) * 2007-10-25 2011-11-22 Cisco Technology, Inc. Interworking gateway for mobile nodes
US20090111423A1 (en) * 2007-10-25 2009-04-30 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Non-access stratum architecture and protocol enhancements for long term evolution mobile units
US20090109924A1 (en) * 2007-10-26 2009-04-30 Fujitsu Limited Packet communication method, packet communication system, wireless terminal, and packet communication device
US20090111476A1 (en) * 2007-10-29 2009-04-30 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Allocation of user equipment identifier
US20090201878A1 (en) * 2007-11-19 2009-08-13 Cellco Partnership D/B/A Verizon Wireless Low latency handover between wireless communication networks using different radio access technologies
US20100309881A1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2010-12-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Mobile communication system and tunnel management method thereof
US20090196177A1 (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-06 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Method, apparatus and computer program for uplink scheduling in a network that employs relay nodes
US20090215459A1 (en) * 2008-02-25 2009-08-27 Richard Lee-Chee Kuo Method and Apparatus for Improving Random Access Procedure for Handover
US20090238207A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Research In Motion Limited Dynamic Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate for Evolved Packet System Non-Guaranteed Bit Rate Quality of Service Enforcement and Network Bandwidth Utilization
US20110044279A1 (en) * 2008-04-30 2011-02-24 Niklas Johansson Self-Backhauling in LTE
US20090296626A1 (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program for relay selection
US20100091823A1 (en) * 2008-10-13 2010-04-15 Cisco Technology, Inc. Two-hop Relay for Reducing Distance Vector Routing Information
US20100097976A1 (en) * 2008-10-16 2010-04-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Incremental redundancy relays for wireless communication
US20100103864A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay protocol
US20100103861A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay packet routing
US20100103865A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for cell relay communications
US20100103857A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay network attachment procedures
US20100103863A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated BEARER QoS MAPPING FOR CELL RELAYS
US8401068B2 (en) * 2008-10-24 2013-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Device attachment and bearer activation using cell relays
US20110222428A1 (en) * 2008-11-18 2011-09-15 Nokia Corporation Relaying in a communication system
US20100260098A1 (en) * 2009-04-10 2010-10-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for ip relay nodes
US20100260126A1 (en) * 2009-04-13 2010-10-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Split-cell relay packet routing
US20120120831A1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2012-05-17 Panasonic Corporation Qos multiplexing via base station-relay node interface
US20120140666A1 (en) * 2009-06-08 2012-06-07 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication system, relay node, radio base station, and gateway device
US20120155375A1 (en) * 2009-08-26 2012-06-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and Apparatus for Header Compression in Network Relay Scenario

Cited By (287)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11856150B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-12-26 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US9906651B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2018-02-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing media requests during telephony sessions
US11283843B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2022-03-22 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US9906571B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2018-02-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US11575795B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-02-07 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US11611663B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-03-21 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US10986142B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2021-04-20 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US10893079B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2021-01-12 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US10893078B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2021-01-12 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US9591033B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2017-03-07 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing media requests during telephony sessions
US9456008B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2016-09-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US11765275B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-09-19 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US11444985B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2022-09-13 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US10694042B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2020-06-23 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing media requests during telephony sessions
US11831810B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-11-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US11843722B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-12-12 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US11722602B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-08-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing media requests during telephony sessions
US11706349B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2023-07-18 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US10560495B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2020-02-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US9596274B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2017-03-14 Twilio, Inc. System and method for processing telephony sessions
US20100238855A1 (en) * 2008-07-24 2010-09-23 Atsushi Yoshida Relay device and relay method
US8121077B2 (en) * 2008-07-24 2012-02-21 Panasonic Corporation Relay device and relay method
US9807244B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2017-10-31 Twilio, Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US10455094B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2019-10-22 Twilio Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US11005998B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2021-05-11 Twilio Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US11632471B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2023-04-18 Twilio Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US11665285B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2023-05-30 Twilio Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US11641427B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2023-05-02 Twilio Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US10187530B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2019-01-22 Twilio, Inc. Telephony web event system and method
US20100103862A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Device attachment and bearer activation using cell relays
US8401068B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2013-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Device attachment and bearer activation using cell relays
US20100103861A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay packet routing
US20100103864A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay protocol
US20100103865A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Header compression for cell relay communications
US20100103863A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated BEARER QoS MAPPING FOR CELL RELAYS
US9088939B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2015-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Bearer QoS mapping for cell relays
US8902805B2 (en) 2008-10-24 2014-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay packet routing
US20100103857A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-04-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell relay network attachment procedures
US8848594B2 (en) 2008-12-10 2014-09-30 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for discovery of relay nodes
US8402334B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2013-03-19 Research In Motion Limited System and method for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) functionality in a relay node
US20100153806A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Functionality in a Relay Node
US8040904B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2011-10-18 Research In Motion Limited System and method for autonomous combining
US9484989B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2016-11-01 Blackberry Limited System and method for autonomous combining
US20100150173A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Multi-User Multiplexing
US8355388B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2013-01-15 Research In Motion Limited System and method for initial access to relays
US8856607B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2014-10-07 Blackberry Limited System and method for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) functionality in a relay node
US9571179B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2017-02-14 Blackberry Limited System and method for multi-user multiplexing
US9379804B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2016-06-28 Blackberry Limited System and method for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) functionality in a relay node
US8837303B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2014-09-16 Blackberry Limited System and method for multi-user multiplexing
US8311061B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2012-11-13 Research In Motion Limited System and method for multi-user multiplexing
US20100150177A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Autonomous Combining
US9923628B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2018-03-20 Blackberry Limited System and method for relay node selection
US8446856B2 (en) * 2008-12-19 2013-05-21 Research In Motion Limited System and method for relay node selection
US8699547B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-04-15 Blackberry Limited Multiple-input Multiple-output (MIMO) with relay nodes
US20100158142A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Corporation Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) with Relay Nodes
US20100157845A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Relay Node Selection
US20100159935A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Corporation System and Method for Resource Allocation
US8824359B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-09-02 Blackberry Limited System and method for resource allocation
US8265128B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-09-11 Research In Motion Limited Multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) with relay nodes
US9191878B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2015-11-17 Blackberry Limited System and method for relay node selection
US8335466B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-12-18 Research In Motion Limited System and method for resource allocation
US9621733B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2017-04-11 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US10348908B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2019-07-09 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US11240381B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2022-02-01 Twilio Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US9894212B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2018-02-13 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US11785145B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2023-10-10 Twilio Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US10708437B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2020-07-07 Twilio Inc. Method and system for a multitenancy telephone network
US20120051349A1 (en) * 2009-04-09 2012-03-01 Oumer Teyeb Base Station Caching for an Efficient Handover in a Mobile Telecommunication Network with Relays
US9491309B2 (en) 2009-10-07 2016-11-08 Twilio, Inc. System and method for running a multi-module telephony application
US10554825B2 (en) 2009-10-07 2020-02-04 Twilio Inc. System and method for running a multi-module telephony application
US11637933B2 (en) 2009-10-07 2023-04-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for running a multi-module telephony application
US20120300693A1 (en) * 2009-12-14 2012-11-29 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication system and radio base station
US20150079993A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2015-03-19 Huawei Techhologies Co., Ltd. Handover method and system in relay network, relay node, control base station and base station
US8923869B2 (en) * 2009-12-31 2014-12-30 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Handover method and system in relay network, relay node, control base station and base station
US9301231B2 (en) * 2009-12-31 2016-03-29 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Handover method and system in relay network, relay node, control base station and base station
US8781477B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2014-07-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Handover method and system in relay network, relay node, control base station and base station
US20130196667A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2013-08-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Handover method and system in relay network, relay node, control base station and base station
US9769871B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2017-09-19 Elta Systems Ltd. Cellular communication system with moving base stations and methods and apparatus useful in conjunction therewith
US10660007B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2020-05-19 Elta Systems Ltd. Cellular communication system with moving base stations and methods and apparatus useful in conjunction therewith
US10142906B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2018-11-27 Elta Systems Ltd. Cellular communication system with moving base stations and methods and apparatus useful in conjunction therewith
US9924439B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2018-03-20 Elta Systems Ltd. Cellular communication system with moving base stations and methods and apparatus useful in conjunction therewith
GB2479904A (en) * 2010-04-28 2011-11-02 Sharp Kk LTE-A relay apparatus, in particular for type 1 relays
US8594011B2 (en) * 2010-05-07 2013-11-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for establishing connection between eNB
US20110274030A1 (en) * 2010-05-07 2011-11-10 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Method and apparatus for establishing connection between enb
US9820261B2 (en) 2010-06-12 2017-11-14 China Academy Of Telecommunications Technology Mapping method and apparatus for resource status process
CN102291789A (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Adjacent cell information obtaining method, user equipment cell switching method and network
US9854485B2 (en) * 2010-06-21 2017-12-26 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication method and radio base station
WO2011160460A1 (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for obtaining neighbor cell information, and network
US20130165123A1 (en) * 2010-06-21 2013-06-27 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication method and radio base station
US11637934B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2023-04-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for monitoring account usage on a platform
US9459926B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2016-10-04 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing a computing cluster
US9590849B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2017-03-07 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing a computing cluster
US9459925B2 (en) 2010-06-23 2016-10-04 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing a computing cluster
US20130122892A1 (en) * 2010-06-24 2013-05-16 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication method and relay node
US8874100B2 (en) * 2010-06-24 2014-10-28 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication method and relay node
CN102972087A (en) * 2010-06-24 2013-03-13 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Mobile communication method and relay node
US11936609B2 (en) 2010-06-25 2024-03-19 Twilio Inc. System and method for enabling real-time eventing
US11088984B2 (en) 2010-06-25 2021-08-10 Twilio Ine. System and method for enabling real-time eventing
US9967224B2 (en) 2010-06-25 2018-05-08 Twilio, Inc. System and method for enabling real-time eventing
US8897134B2 (en) * 2010-06-25 2014-11-25 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Notifying a controller of a change to a packet forwarding configuration of a network element over a communication channel
CN103190166A (en) * 2010-09-03 2013-07-03 诺基亚西门子通信公司 Relay nodes in multi-operator scenario
WO2012028200A1 (en) * 2010-09-03 2012-03-08 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Relay nodes in multi-operator scenario
WO2012041123A1 (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for bearer multiplexing
CN103270789A (en) * 2010-10-19 2013-08-28 诺基亚西门子通信公司 Reconfiguring a base station for handover in relay-nhanced communication network
WO2012052052A1 (en) * 2010-10-19 2012-04-26 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Reconfiguring a base station for handover in relay-enhanced communication network
US20120106468A1 (en) * 2010-11-03 2012-05-03 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Radio network node discovery of operations node
US9204290B2 (en) * 2010-11-03 2015-12-01 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and system for constructing a domain name for a radio network node in a cellular communication system
EP2922335A1 (en) * 2010-11-05 2015-09-23 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods for handing over a relay node from a source enb to a target enb and corresponding relay node
US9648517B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2017-05-09 Elta Systems Ltd. Architecture and methods for traffic management by tunneling in hierarchical cellular networks
US10075895B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2018-09-11 Elta Systems Ltd. Various routing architectures for dynamic multi-hop backhauling cellular network and various methods useful in conjunction therewith
US9451476B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2016-09-20 Elta Systems Ltd. Various routing architectures for dynamic multi-hop backhauling cellular network and various methods useful in conjunction therewith
US9351173B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2016-05-24 Elta Systems Ltd. Architecture and methods for traffic management by tunneling in hierarchical cellular networks
WO2012070049A1 (en) * 2010-11-24 2012-05-31 Elta Systems Ltd. Various routing architectures for dynamic multi-hop backhauling cellular network and various methods useful in conjunction therewith
US10091690B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2018-10-02 Elta Systems Ltd. Architecture and methods for traffic management by tunneling in hierarchical cellular networks
US11032330B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2021-06-08 Twilio Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
US10230772B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2019-03-12 Twilio, Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
US10708317B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2020-07-07 Twilio Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
US9455949B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2016-09-27 Twilio, Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
US11848967B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2023-12-19 Twilio Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
US9882942B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2018-01-30 Twilio, Inc. Method for processing telephony sessions of a network
KR20140018266A (en) * 2011-02-18 2014-02-12 텔레호낙티에볼라게트 엘엠 에릭슨(피유비엘) Mobile router in eps
US10080255B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2018-09-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Mobile router in EPS
KR101899182B1 (en) 2011-02-18 2018-09-14 텔레호낙티에볼라게트 엘엠 에릭슨(피유비엘) Mobile router in eps
CN103348717A (en) * 2011-02-18 2013-10-09 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Mobile router in EPS
WO2012110939A1 (en) * 2011-02-18 2012-08-23 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Mobile router in eps
JP2014509137A (en) * 2011-02-18 2014-04-10 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エル エム エリクソン(パブル) Mobile router in EPS
US8806042B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2014-08-12 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Mobile router in EPS
US20120238208A1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-20 Maik Bienas Mobile radio communication devices and servers
CN102684755A (en) * 2011-03-17 2012-09-19 英特尔移动通信有限公司 Mobile radio communication devices and servers
US20120250602A1 (en) * 2011-03-29 2012-10-04 Innovative Sonic Corporation Method and apparatus to improve high-speed mobility in a wireless communication system
CN102740278A (en) * 2011-04-11 2012-10-17 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 Method for updating eNB configuration in a wireless relay network
US9398622B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2016-07-19 Twilio, Inc. System and method for connecting a communication to a client
US10165015B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2018-12-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for real-time communication by using a client application communication protocol
US10122763B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2018-11-06 Twilio, Inc. System and method for connecting a communication to a client
US10819757B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2020-10-27 Twilio Inc. System and method for real-time communication by using a client application communication protocol
US9648006B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2017-05-09 Twilio, Inc. System and method for communicating with a client application
US11399044B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2022-07-26 Twilio Inc. System and method for connecting a communication to a client
US10560485B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2020-02-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for connecting a communication to a client
EP2717610A4 (en) * 2011-05-31 2015-06-24 Ntt Docomo Inc Mobile communication method, relay node, and wireless base station
US9253708B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-02-02 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Mobile communication method, relay node, and wireless base station
CN103797859A (en) * 2011-09-06 2014-05-14 阿尔卡特朗讯 Method of providing communication over a mobile communication network
JP2014525721A (en) * 2011-09-06 2014-09-29 アルカテル−ルーセント Method for providing communication through a mobile communication network
US9326225B2 (en) 2011-09-06 2016-04-26 Alcatel Lucent Method of providing communication over a mobile communication network
KR101547883B1 (en) 2011-09-06 2015-08-27 알까뗄 루슨트 Method of providing communication over a mobile communication network
WO2013034363A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-14 Alcatel Lucent Method of providing communication over a mobile communication network
EP2568749A1 (en) * 2011-09-06 2013-03-13 Alcatel Lucent Method of providing communication over a mobile communication network
US10182147B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2019-01-15 Twilio Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US10841421B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2020-11-17 Twilio Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US10212275B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2019-02-19 Twilio, Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US9641677B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2017-05-02 Twilio, Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US10686936B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2020-06-16 Twilio Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US11489961B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2022-11-01 Twilio Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US9942394B2 (en) 2011-09-21 2018-04-10 Twilio, Inc. System and method for determining and communicating presence information
US20130137469A1 (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-05-30 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH Method for transmitting an opportunistic network related message
KR101465417B1 (en) 2011-11-30 2014-11-26 인텔 모바일 커뮤니케이션스 게엠베하 Method for transmitting an opportunistic network related message
CN103139928A (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-06-05 英特尔移动通信有限责任公司 Method for transmitting an opportunistic network related message
US10467064B2 (en) 2012-02-10 2019-11-05 Twilio Inc. System and method for managing concurrent events
US11093305B2 (en) 2012-02-10 2021-08-17 Twilio Inc. System and method for managing concurrent events
US9495227B2 (en) 2012-02-10 2016-11-15 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing concurrent events
CN104396303A (en) * 2012-03-16 2015-03-04 英特尔公司 Intra-QCI scheduler and method for intra-QCI scheduling in a wireless access network
US10530558B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2020-01-07 Intel Corporation Intra-QCI scheduler and method for intra-QCI scheduling in a wireless access network
US11165853B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-11-02 Twilio Inc. System and method for managing media in a distributed communication network
US9602586B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2017-03-21 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing media in a distributed communication network
US10200458B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-02-05 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing media in a distributed communication network
US10637912B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2020-04-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for managing media in a distributed communication network
US11546471B2 (en) 2012-06-19 2023-01-03 Twilio Inc. System and method for queuing a communication session
US10320983B2 (en) 2012-06-19 2019-06-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for queuing a communication session
CN102769930A (en) * 2012-07-11 2012-11-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Bearer processing method and device
US10122437B2 (en) * 2012-07-12 2018-11-06 Nec Corporation Communication system
US20150195032A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2015-07-09 Nec Corporation Communication system
US9614972B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2017-04-04 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for preventing illicit use of a telephony platform
US9948788B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2018-04-17 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for preventing illicit use of a telephony platform
US10469670B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2019-11-05 Twilio Inc. Method and system for preventing illicit use of a telephony platform
US11882139B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2024-01-23 Twilio Inc. Method and system for preventing illicit use of a telephony platform
US11063972B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2021-07-13 Twilio Inc. Method and system for preventing illicit use of a telephony platform
US10257674B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2019-04-09 Twilio, Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
US9654647B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2017-05-16 Twilio, Inc. System and method for routing communications
US11689899B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2023-06-27 Twilio Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
US11595792B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2023-02-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
US11246013B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2022-02-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
US10033617B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2018-07-24 Twilio, Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
US10757546B2 (en) 2012-10-15 2020-08-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for triggering on platform usage
US10021734B2 (en) 2012-10-24 2018-07-10 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Cooperative communication processing method, eNB, and system
US9717026B2 (en) * 2012-10-24 2017-07-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Cooperative communication processing method, eNB, and system
US20150230142A1 (en) * 2012-10-24 2015-08-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Cooperative communication processing method, enb, and system
US9480106B2 (en) * 2012-11-28 2016-10-25 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Inter-base station logical interface communication using relay devices
US11032325B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-06-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for integrating session initiation protocol communication in a telecommunications platform
US10560490B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-02-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for integrating session initiation protocol communication in a telecommunications platform
US10051011B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-08-14 Twilio, Inc. System and method for integrating session initiation protocol communication in a telecommunications platform
US11637876B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2023-04-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for integrating session initiation protocol communication in a telecommunications platform
US10057734B2 (en) 2013-06-19 2018-08-21 Twilio Inc. System and method for transmitting and receiving media messages
US9992608B2 (en) 2013-06-19 2018-06-05 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing a communication endpoint information service
US9483328B2 (en) 2013-07-19 2016-11-01 Twilio, Inc. System and method for delivering application content
US9853872B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2017-12-26 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing communication platform metadata
US9811398B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2017-11-07 Twilio, Inc. System and method for tagging and tracking events of an application platform
US10671452B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2020-06-02 Twilio Inc. System and method for tagging and tracking events of an application
US11539601B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2022-12-27 Twilio Inc. System and method for providing communication platform metadata
US10439907B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2019-10-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for providing communication platform metadata
US11379275B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2022-07-05 Twilio Inc. System and method for tagging and tracking events of an application
US9959151B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2018-05-01 Twilio, Inc. System and method for tagging and tracking events of an application platform
US11394673B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2022-07-19 Twilio Inc. System and method for enabling dynamic multi-modal communication
US11621911B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2023-04-04 Twillo Inc. System and method for client communication in a distributed telephony network
US10069773B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2018-09-04 Twilio, Inc. System and method for enabling dynamic multi-modal communication
US10063461B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2018-08-28 Twilio, Inc. System and method for client communication in a distributed telephony network
US11831415B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2023-11-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for enabling dynamic multi-modal communication
US9553799B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2017-01-24 Twilio, Inc. System and method for client communication in a distributed telephony network
US10686694B2 (en) 2013-11-12 2020-06-16 Twilio Inc. System and method for client communication in a distributed telephony network
US11882242B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2024-01-23 Twilio Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US11330108B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2022-05-10 Twilio Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US10003693B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-06-19 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US10291782B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2019-05-14 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US10904389B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2021-01-26 Twilio Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US9628624B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2017-04-18 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a work distribution service
US9907010B2 (en) 2014-04-17 2018-02-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for enabling multi-modal communication
US11653282B2 (en) 2014-04-17 2023-05-16 Twilio Inc. System and method for enabling multi-modal communication
US10440627B2 (en) 2014-04-17 2019-10-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for enabling multi-modal communication
US10873892B2 (en) 2014-04-17 2020-12-22 Twilio Inc. System and method for enabling multi-modal communication
US11755530B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2023-09-12 Twilio Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US11768802B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2023-09-26 Twilio Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US9858279B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2018-01-02 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US10116733B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2018-10-30 Twilio, Inc. System and method for collecting feedback in a multi-tenant communication platform
US11341092B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2022-05-24 Twilio Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US10757200B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2020-08-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for managing conferencing in a distributed communication network
US9516101B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2016-12-06 Twilio, Inc. System and method for collecting feedback in a multi-tenant communication platform
US10747717B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2020-08-18 Twilio Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US10212237B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2019-02-19 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing media and signaling in a communication platform
US9553900B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2017-01-24 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing conferencing in a distributed communication network
US9588974B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2017-03-07 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US9774687B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2017-09-26 Twilio, Inc. System and method for managing media and signaling in a communication platform
US10229126B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2019-03-12 Twilio, Inc. Method and system for applying data retention policies in a computing platform
US10326516B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2019-06-18 China Academy Of Telecommunications Technology Relay terminal reselection method and device
EP3185612A4 (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-11-22 China Academy of Telecommunications Technology Relay terminal reselection method and device
US9749428B2 (en) * 2014-10-21 2017-08-29 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing a network discovery service platform
US10637938B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2020-04-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for providing a micro-services communication platform
US9906607B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2018-02-27 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing a micro-services communication platform
US11019159B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2021-05-25 Twilio Inc. System and method for providing a micro-services communication platform
US9509782B2 (en) 2014-10-21 2016-11-29 Twilio, Inc. System and method for providing a micro-services communication platform
US20200022153A1 (en) * 2014-12-16 2020-01-16 Unify Gmbh & Co. Kg Telecommunication Arrangement and Procedures to Establish a RTC Connection Between a First and Second Endpoint
US10813105B2 (en) * 2014-12-16 2020-10-20 Ringcentral, Inc. Telecommunication arrangement and procedures to establish a RTC connection between a first and second endpoint
US11357019B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2022-06-07 Ringcentral, Inc. Telecommunication arrangement and procedures to establish a RTC connection between a first and second endpoint
US10467665B2 (en) 2015-02-03 2019-11-05 Twilio Inc. System and method for a media intelligence platform
US10853854B2 (en) 2015-02-03 2020-12-01 Twilio Inc. System and method for a media intelligence platform
US9477975B2 (en) 2015-02-03 2016-10-25 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a media intelligence platform
US9805399B2 (en) 2015-02-03 2017-10-31 Twilio, Inc. System and method for a media intelligence platform
US11544752B2 (en) 2015-02-03 2023-01-03 Twilio Inc. System and method for a media intelligence platform
US10575219B2 (en) * 2015-05-05 2020-02-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Circuit switched fallback method, network device, and system
US10419891B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2019-09-17 Twilio, Inc. System and method for communicating through multiple endpoints
US11272325B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2022-03-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for communicating through multiple endpoints
US11265367B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2022-03-01 Twilio Inc. System and method for signaling through data storage
US9948703B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2018-04-17 Twilio, Inc. System and method for signaling through data storage
US10560516B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2020-02-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for signaling through data storage
US20180139667A1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2018-05-17 Nokia Technologies Oy Minimization of service interruption during relay reselection in device-to-device (d2d) based user equipment (ue)-to-network relay
US10869209B2 (en) * 2015-10-06 2020-12-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for transmitting/receiving data to/from base station in wireless communication system
CN108370593A (en) * 2015-10-06 2018-08-03 Lg 电子株式会社 In wireless communication system to base station transmission data/from base station receive data method and apparatus
US11171865B2 (en) 2016-02-04 2021-11-09 Twilio Inc. Systems and methods for providing secure network exchanged for a multitenant virtual private cloud
US10659349B2 (en) 2016-02-04 2020-05-19 Twilio Inc. Systems and methods for providing secure network exchanged for a multitenant virtual private cloud
US10735085B2 (en) * 2016-03-30 2020-08-04 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Multi-core communication system to serve wireless relays and user equipment
US11076054B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2021-07-27 Twilio Inc. System and method for programmatic device connectivity
US10686902B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2020-06-16 Twilio Inc. System and method for a multi-channel notification service
US11265392B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2022-03-01 Twilio Inc. System and method for a multi-channel notification service
US11622022B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2023-04-04 Twilio Inc. System and method for a multi-channel notification service
US10440192B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2019-10-08 Twilio Inc. System and method for programmatic device connectivity
US11627225B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2023-04-11 Twilio Inc. System and method for programmatic device connectivity
US10063713B2 (en) 2016-05-23 2018-08-28 Twilio Inc. System and method for programmatic device connectivity
CN107707475A (en) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and system
CN106658380A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-10 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Data multiplex method of device and device relay network and intelligent terminal
US10893446B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2021-01-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting QoS flow to DRB mapping rule
US11140585B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2021-10-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for transmitting QoS flow to DRB mapping rule
CN108605254A (en) * 2017-01-05 2018-09-28 Lg电子株式会社 The method and apparatus for sending the rule that DRB mappings are flowed to for QOS
US10469358B2 (en) * 2017-05-18 2019-11-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless multihop relay
WO2018212845A1 (en) * 2017-05-18 2018-11-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless multihop relay
US10979891B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2021-04-13 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Integrated access backhaul under a non-standalone network architecture for 5G or other next generation network
US10567954B2 (en) 2018-01-18 2020-02-18 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Integrated access backhaul under a non-standalone network architecture for 5G or other next generation network
WO2019143430A1 (en) * 2018-01-18 2019-07-25 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Integrated access backhaul under a non-standalone network architecture for 5g or other next generation network
US11252635B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2022-02-15 Kt Corporation Method for processing uplink user data in relay node, and device for same
US11805521B2 (en) 2018-05-11 2023-10-31 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Bearer mapping method for wireless backhaul node, wireless backhaul node and donor base station
EP3793246A4 (en) * 2018-05-11 2021-07-07 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Bearer mapping method for wireless backhaul node, wireless backhaul node and donor base station
JP2021530135A (en) * 2018-06-21 2021-11-04 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. Path change method and device
EP3806542A4 (en) * 2018-06-21 2021-08-04 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Path changing method and apparatus
US11950124B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2024-04-02 Zte Corporation Methods, apparatus and systems for integrated access and backhaul bearer management
US11349557B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2022-05-31 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System model and architecture for mobile integrated access and backhaul in advanced networks
WO2020112295A1 (en) * 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System model and architecture for mobile integrated access and backhaul in advanced networks
WO2020122676A1 (en) 2018-12-14 2020-06-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for initial access in wireless communication system
EP3895500A4 (en) * 2018-12-14 2022-06-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for initial access in wireless communication system
US11564153B2 (en) 2018-12-14 2023-01-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for initial access in wireless communication system
WO2020228937A1 (en) * 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Nokia Technologies Oy Address assignment
US11239898B1 (en) * 2019-11-19 2022-02-01 T-Mobile Innovations Llc Relaying data to multiple access points

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106102121B (en) 2021-08-20
JP2012507206A (en) 2012-03-22
WO2010048621A2 (en) 2010-04-29
WO2010048569A1 (en) 2010-04-29
JP5209796B2 (en) 2013-06-12
US20100103865A1 (en) 2010-04-29
TWI424728B (en) 2014-01-21
TW201032543A (en) 2010-09-01
WO2010048566A1 (en) 2010-04-29
KR101383186B1 (en) 2014-04-11
WO2010048577A1 (en) 2010-04-29
WO2010048621A3 (en) 2010-10-28
EP2359566A2 (en) 2011-08-24
TW201032544A (en) 2010-09-01
TWI424766B (en) 2014-01-21
US8902805B2 (en) 2014-12-02
WO2010048574A2 (en) 2010-04-29
US20100103863A1 (en) 2010-04-29
ES2427172T3 (en) 2013-10-29
US20100103862A1 (en) 2010-04-29
CN102197629A (en) 2011-09-21
BRPI0919845A2 (en) 2015-12-15
US20100103861A1 (en) 2010-04-29
JP5579895B2 (en) 2014-08-27
JP2012507209A (en) 2012-03-22
KR20110074931A (en) 2011-07-04
JP2013168979A (en) 2013-08-29
CN102197679A (en) 2011-09-21
TW201032547A (en) 2010-09-01
US20100103864A1 (en) 2010-04-29
KR101252031B1 (en) 2013-04-10
US20100103857A1 (en) 2010-04-29
KR20130008642A (en) 2013-01-22
BRPI0919845B1 (en) 2020-12-01
JP5384655B2 (en) 2014-01-08
CN106102121A (en) 2016-11-09
TW201019761A (en) 2010-05-16
KR20110077010A (en) 2011-07-06
WO2010048571A1 (en) 2010-04-29
CN102197693A (en) 2011-09-21
EP2359654A1 (en) 2011-08-24
WO2010048574A3 (en) 2010-06-17
JP2012507205A (en) 2012-03-22
KR20130106888A (en) 2013-09-30
TW201032545A (en) 2010-09-01
EP2359642B1 (en) 2013-06-12
KR20110074930A (en) 2011-07-04
TW201019760A (en) 2010-05-16
EP2359642A1 (en) 2011-08-24
US9088939B2 (en) 2015-07-21
TW201019762A (en) 2010-05-16
US8401068B2 (en) 2013-03-19
WO2010048565A1 (en) 2010-04-29
CN102197693B (en) 2014-09-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20100103845A1 (en) Cell relay mobility procedures
US9247571B2 (en) Concentrator for multiplexing access point to wireless network connections
US20100260109A1 (en) Optimized inter-access point packet routing for ip relay nodes
US8532056B2 (en) Device mobility for split-cell relay networks

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: QUALCOMM INCORPORATED,CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ULUPINAR, FATIH;HORN, GAVIN B.;AGASHE, PARAG A.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20091029 TO 20091104;REEL/FRAME:023537/0469

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION